Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
herausgegeben von
BAND 18
-
Anbessa Teferra I Grover Hudson
Essentials of Amharic
~ ~.
Preface 9
List of abbreviations 10
PART 2. GRAMMAR
2. Amharic sounds 29
2.1. Consonants 29
2.1.1. Consonant variants 30
2.1.2. Labiovelar consonants 31
2.1.3. y and w insertion 31
2.1.4. y replacement 32
2.1.5. Long consonants 32
2.1.6. Palatalization 32
2.1.7. Labialization 33
2.2. Vowels 34
2.2.1. Vowel variants 34
2.2.2. Vowel elision 35
2.2.3. Vowel insertion 35
2.2.4. Vowel replacement 35
2.2.5. Voiceless vowel 35
2.3. Stress 35
2.4. Structure of words 36
2.5. Writing Amharic in European alphabets 37
3. Amharic words 39
3.1. Pronouns 39
3.1.1. Independent pronouns 39
3.1.2. Noun-possessive suffix pronouns 40
3.1.3. Verb-object suffix pronouns 41
3.1.4. Reflexive emphatic pronouns 42
3.1.5. Interrogative pronouns 42
3.2. Nouns 42
3.2.1. Masculine and feminine nouns 42
3.2.2. Definite nouns 43
3.2.3. Indefinite article 43
3.2.4. Noun plural suffix 43
3.2.5. Possessive 43
3.2.6. Definite object suffix 44
3.2.7. Contrast I topic suffix 44
3.2.8. Nouns derived from verbs 45
3.2.8.1. Verbal noun I infinitive 45
3.2.8.2. Place and instrument noun 45
3.2.8.3. Agent noun 46
3.2.8.4. Abstract noun 46
3.2.8.5. Nationality and language names 46
3.3. Prepositions 46
3.4. Adjectives 47
3.4.1. Derived adjectives 48
3.4.2. Comparative and superlative 48
3.5. Demonstratives 49
3.6. Numerals and time 50
3.7. Verbs 51
3.7.1. Roots, stems, and words 51
3.7.1.1. Twelve verb types 52
3.7.1.2. A-type and B-type verbs 53
3.7.1.3. C-type verbs 54
3.7.1.4. Verb roots with two consonants 54
3.7.1.5. Verb roots with initial a 54
3.7.2. Four basic verb conjugations 55
3.7.2.1. Past 55
3.7.2.2. Nonpast 56
3.7.2.3. Jussive and imperative 59
3.7.2.4. Converb 60
3.7.3. Infinitive 63
3.7.4. Verb of being 63
3.7.5. Verb of presence 64
3.7.6. Having I possession 65
3.7.7. Other tenses and moods 67
3.7.7.1. Past perfect 67
3.7.7.2. Obligation 67
6
3.7.7.3. Habitual past 67
3.7.7.4. Conditional perfect 67
3.7.7.5. Progressive aspect 67
3.7.7.6. To be about to do 68
3.7.7.7. To intend to do 68
3.7.8. Derived verbs 68
3.7.8.1. Causative 68
3.7.8.2. Passive I reflexive 70
3.7.8.3. Reciprocal ('each other') 71
3.7.8.4. Adjutative ('help to') 72
3.7.8.5. Repetitive 72
3.7.8.6. Verbs derived from nouns 73
3.7.8.7. Defective verbs 73
3.7.9. Derived verbs in Amharic dictionaries 73
3.7.10. 'Say' verbs 74
3.7.11. 'Do' verbs 75
3.7.12. Impersonal verbs 75
4. Amharic sentences 77
4.1. Sentence word order 77
4.1.1. Verb last 77
4.1.2. Subject and object order 77
4.1.3. Preverbal question words 78
4.1.4. Adverbs 78
4.1.5. The logic of word-order differences 78
4.2. Question particles 79
4.3. Noun-phrase word Order 79
4.4. Prepositions and postpositions 80
4.5. Coordination ('and') 81
4.6. Contrast ('but') 82
4.7. Adjective clauses 83
4.8. Noun clauses 84
4.9. Adverb clauses 85
4.10. Cleft sentences 87
4.11. Sentences in the appendices 88
5. Amharic writing 89
5.1. History of Amharic writing 89
5.1.1. Sumerian 89
5.1.2. Egyptian 89
5.1.3. Sinaitic 91
5.1.4. Greek 92
5.1.5. South Arabian 92
5.1.6. Ethiopic 93
5.1.7. Amharic 95
5.1.8. References for 5.1 95
5.2. Consonants and vowels in Amharic writing 96
5.3. Structure of the Amharic writing system 99
5.3.1. Patterns of vowel modification 99
5.3.1.1. Two-legged fidel 100
5.3.1.2. One-legged fidel 101
5.3.1.3. Three-legged fidel 101
5.3.1.4. Legless fidel 102
5.3.2. Homophonous fidel 102
5.3.2.1. Two ways to write ? 103
5.3.2.2. Four ways to write h 104
5.3.2.3. Two ways to write s 104
5.3.2.4. Two ways to write s' 105
5.3.3. Labiovelar and labialized consonants 105
5.3.4. Historically later fidel 106
5.3.5. Numbers 107
5.3.6. Long consonants not written 107
5.3.7. Alphabetical and dictionary order 108
PART 3. LEARNTOREADAMHARIC
Introduction 145
25 Exercises for learning to read Amharic 146
Answers to the exercises 174
PART 4. WORDLISTS
8
Preface
This is a book for adult Ieamer~ of Amharic, for linguists, and for students of Ethio-
pian history and society who early in their study need a broad but thorough introduction
to the history, society, phonetics, grammar, vocabulary, and writing system of this major
language of Ethiopia. Nowadays Amharic is also being increasingly studied by the
second and third generation of emigrants from Ethiopia, who wish to preserve their
linguistic heritage in families where other languages may have. become the first language.
Travelers in Ethiopia will have an interest in Amharic, which is the.linguafranca, spoken
throughout the country. As a thorough introduction to the language, this bOok shc:mld be
of interest to all these groups.
Amharic is one of the fifty most important languages in the world, in terms of number
of speakers, and political, historical, and cultural importance. Its eighteen million or so
speakers live mainly in Ethiopia, but as the result of emigration since the 1970s, hundreds
of thousands in Amharic speakers now reside in Europe, the U.S., and Israel. Because of
its importance as a Semitic, African, and Ethiopian language, Amharic more than other
African languages has benefitted from the interest of linguists, who have written much on
the language, but tnost of this addressed to other specialists. In fact, the first European-
language grammar of Amharic was written in 1698, by Hiob Ludolf, in Latin.
There is an excellent and lengthy Amharic reference grammar by WolfLeslau (1995),
a two-volume Amharic-English dictionary by Thomas Kane (1990), good textbooks for
studying the language, and clever and imaginative books published in Addis Ababa and
directed eithet at learners or written tbr Amharic-speaking children. There are good
introductory grammars, and good short dictionaries of Amharic; see the list of books for
teaming Amharic, on pp. 25-27. But one can find both grammar and vocabulary only in
the textbooks, in which these are spread through the lessons. And the textbooks lack
discussion of Amharic history and the Ethiopian linguistic setting.
This book therefore satisfies the need for a thorough book-length introduction to
Amharic which includes an introduction to Amharic history and society (Part I}, a basic
survey of the grammar including the writing system (Part 2), and lengthy Amharic-
English and English-Amharic wordlists (Part 4). We satisfy two additional needs of such
a book: Amharic examples are fully presented in phonetic wtiting so knowledge of the
Amharic writing system is not required, while much of the grammar and vocabulary are
also presented. in Amharic writing for those who want and expect it. For those who want
to learn to read Amharic - absolutely necessary for those who expect ~o continue their
study of the language - a thorough .presentation of the Amharic writing system is
provided, and as Part 3 a set of graded lessons to learn it, as a way to write English.
We gratefully acknowledge funding from the Department of Linguistics and
Germanic, Slavic, Asian and African Langtiages and the College of Arts and Letters of
Michigan State University, which made publication possible. The language map of
Ethiopia, Fig. 1.2, was drawn by Monika Feinen (Cologne). We owe thanks also to the
publisher, RUdiger Koppe, for important editorial assistance and advice.
9
List of Abbreviations
lO
N
SUDAN
+
ARABIA
SOMALIA
J2
Besides the eleven other Serhitic languages of Ethiopia. there are Cushitic, Omotic,
and Nilo-Saharan languages ilative to Ethiopia, some seventy-three living languages
listed in Table 1.1, 75 Ethiopian Languages, a list which also includes Semitic Ge'ez
and Gafat, no longer spoken but well documented. There are controversies concerning the
recognition of named speech varieties as either dialects or languages, but the number is
close to right; see Hudson 2004. Not included in Table 1.1 are Tigre, a Semitic language,
and Bilin, a Cushitic Agaw language, both of Eritrea.
There is considerable similarity among languages of Ethiopia, as in the following
features which tend to be found in Ethiopian Semitic, Cushitic, and Omotic languages
(Ferguson 1976, Tosco 2000):
This could be the result of bilingualism and mutual borrowing, resulting from long and
sustained contact between the languages, which the language map suggests. In fact, many
of these similarities may be attributed to the common heritage of the languages - their
common ancestry in the Mroasiatic language from which the Semitic, Cushitic, and
Omotic language groups are diverged, a language which was perhaps ftrst spoken and
diversified in Northeast Africa some eight to ten thousand years ago.
Table 1.2 presents the 1994 Ethiopian Census's numbers of Mother-tongue speakers
of Ethiopian languages and ethnic group members. According to the census, in 1994
Amharic was the most populous Ethiopian language with 17,372,913 mother-tongue
speakers, followed by Oromo with 16,777,975 (Oromo has perhaps another million
speakers in Somalia and Kenya). The 34,150,888 mother-tongue speakers of Amharic
and Oromo were 64% of the 1994 total population of Ethiopia, 53,130,779. (Further
linguistic analysis of the 1994 census is presented by Hudson 2003 and 2004. See the list
of references as 1.8.)
14
>
~------------- ' ' ' ' . , . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ---N-000-0-
o ....
4
--------- --=----------- M,~siya (Bussq)___ 0 0 - - - . -------
~~.2.2 Omo-::r~a-------- 0 - ------- 0 --------o--0 . - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ , ,_ _ 0
r--- Komo
ooooo-------------o ... - .... - .. _ _ _ _ ,,_ ... __________________,________
--------"
.
-~~~.--!-~---~~-:-0: ___~:~~--~-=~=~-: ~~0 ... 01 ~r~=~~====:-~-0~~00-o:-~:~0-_
_____ - - - . ----------------------------------- jf!:}!;fn!':~rif:~Z;/urjl___ ....--- . . . . ___ _
----- ----------------- ---------------------------
------ ----.. _Me'en (Bodi, Tishena) ----o------------------ 0 ---::-----
16
-------- ----- --------------------------
Table 1.2. Mother-tongue speakers and ethnic group members of
Ethiopian languages, ordered by nmnber of mother-tongue (MT) speakers 1
(C, N, 0, S =Cushitic, Nilosaharan, Omotic, and Semitic, respectively)
!: -
173,586 , 173,149 ~~~~~!.N_ _ . ...7. 2~~ ..
~rta ~-
F ......
.... :.!!~.98~f
...... 't1_8,67o
Dime 0
.. a~'C!Ll~.......
... __ ... ... (),189 . ____
4,570 _ . _____ 4,685... _ _
Koyra_Q ............. __!_!}3,!lJJ...... ..__ )07,586 _Arbore C _ 4,441 6,622 I
Timbaro C 82.803 86.499 Nao 0 .. 3.656 4 004 __
YemsaO 816!4 ___ 165,170 _ MursiN 3,278 _ 3,254
~uerN --- ___ 64,90~ ......... - 64,527. _ ... _!<a~,h!JEaO __.. __ 2,682 ___ 2,735 -
Basketo 0 57.805 51.089 Kunama N 1,883 2,003
Mocha 0 . 54 894 53 846 Kemant C
- - ------------.. --~--- ,, --=::...!.:.---- - - - - - - - - - ---- ---~
1 650 172 324
....... -~--- ...
Male_ 0 _ --- ..... - _--~77'!_ .. -------1~,1.~!. ...... _ _!(omaN. ...... .... . . ~,435 _ .._.. 12R _____
Me'enN ------~-~-!..<n?.. ... ____5~,~Q~. _Ganj~~~.Q ............1 .3.99..... _.1.!1~. __ _
.Gidole c...... -- _ .. _50,328.. . ---~4,339 __ . . .M~!.Q... __ .... ___ 989_ . . _ .....L!.??____ _
Konta 0 48 987 49,625 Shita N ___ 301 290
Anywak N.......... __1~_,646 .. __ --~~~~-- ,_.~!!..~-- ....... _, ______ 14_'!_ ___.. L ....... J.....~..........-
17
Semitic
South Centr
~ I
I
Ethiopian
Ancientf Modern
S. Arabian S. Araf>ian
Arabic Canaanite
I
Amharic, Sabaln, HJ.'!-usi, Hebrew,
Tigrinya, Minean, Jibali, Phoeniciant,
Chaha, Qatabanian, Mehri,
Silt 'e, Hadramitic Soqotri
Afro asiatic
Semitic
I
See above Kemant, Ari, Tuareg.
(25lgs.?) Afar, Bench, Shilh,
Oromo, Dizi, Tamazight, Dera,
Hadiyya, Hamer,
Sidaama, Kafa, (12lgs.?) (140 lgs.?)
Somali, Welaytta,
(25lgs.?) (23lgs.?)
18
1.3.2. Afroasiatic. The Semitic languages are one of six recognized subgroups of the
Afroasiatic language family (regarding which see Bender et al. 2003), a language family
of greater numbers and diversity than Indo-European, the language family which includes
English and most European languages. Afroasiatic is also known as Afrasian and, in the
past, Hamito-Semitic. The other five Afroasiatic subgroups are Cushitic (of Ethiopia and
East Africa), Omotic (of Ethiopia), Egyptian (of Egypt), Berber (from Libya to Morocco
in North Africa), and Chadic (from Chad to Nigeria in West Africa). The great linguistic
diversity of the Afroasiatic family suggests that the Afroasiatic proto-language (from
which the modern languages descend) was spoken some 8-10.000 years ago, before
proto-Indo-European. See Figure 1.4, the Afroasiatic family tree.
The presence in Northeast Africa and Ethiopia specifically, of the three Afroasiatic
subgroups Cushitic, Omotic, and Semitic, and the proximity to Northeast Africa of the
three others (Egypt, Berber, and Chadic), is good evidence that the homeland of the
Afroasiatic speakers was in or near this region (see McCall 1998).
1.3.3. Ethiopian Semitic. The Semitic languages of Ethiopia are JJSually but not with
certainty divided into North and South. See as Figure 1.5 the Ethiopian Semitic Family
Tree; adapted from that of Hetzron 1972 (somewhat different from tile classification of
Table 1.1). North Ethiopian Semitic is three languages: Ge'ez, or Ethiopic, long extinct
as a spoken language; Tigre, spoken in western Eritrea but only marginally in Ethiopia
(so upon Eritrean independence not an Ethiopian language); and Tigrinya, the national
language of Eritrea but also the language of over three million Ethiopians. especially in
and near the Tigray province and region.
Ge'ez was the language of the Ethiopian Kingdom of Aksum, from about 200 BC
until 800-900 AD (Fattovich 2000: 3). Extinct as a spoken language since perhaps the
13111 century. Oe'ez survives in early Aksumite stone inscriptions and in numerous
medieval manuscripts, and also today as the liturgical language of the Ethiopian
Orthodox Christian Church. Ge'ez continues to be learned for use in the Ethiopian
Orthodox liturgy and for use in the classical poetic form qene.
It has been sometimes thought that Ge'ez is the ancestor language of all the modem
Ethiopian Semitic languages. This cannot be so, however, because (as shown by Hetzron
1972) there are elements ofGe'ez seemingly without trace in the modem languages (such
as pronouns Jimmuntu I Jimmantu 'they' m/f), and elements of the modem languages
absent in Ge'ez but present in Semitic languages outside Ethiopia (for example a word
oos:Jr 'meat'. in many South Ethiopian Semitic languages and Hebrew). Probably there is
no modem descendant of Oe'ez, and all the modern Ethiopian Semitic languages are
descended from languages which were contemporary with Ge'ez but remained unwritten
and unrecorded.
South Ethiopian Semitic is some ten languages in two groups, Southeast and
Southwest. The Southeast languages are Amharic paired with Argobba plus another
subgroup consisting of Harari and the so-called 'Eastern Gurage' languages Silt'e-
Ulbareg-Enneqor-Welane and Zay. (Hyphens here and in the family tree connect varieties
of speech which are thought to be mutually intelligible: that is, dialects of one language.)
The Southwest Ethiopian Semitic languages are Northern Gurage consisting of Kestane-
Goggot, Gafat (extinct since about 1950) and perhaps Mesqan, and Western Gurage with
19
Ezha-Gomera-Gura, and Central Western Gurage consisting of Endagenya-Gyeta-Ennar-
Inor.
The languages known as 'Gurage' are those Ethiopian Semitic varieties of speech
found southwest of Addis Ababa in an approximately 100 square-mile area centered
about the town of Woliso. A confident count of these languages remains problematic
because of the uncertain degree of mutual intelligibility between the different varieties.
The 'Western Gurage' peoples are, it appears, those traditionally known to themselves as
Sebat Bet Gurage 'Seven Houses of Gurage'.
Ethiopian Semitic
o~th
Ge'e4.
Tigrinya
Soatheast
~
Nortzer curage
l rth South
A.~ari
Gqfa , K.istane- Western Gurage
Amh z ,
Argobba zrage
Eas(ern
MuheL-Ezha-
Gumer-Gura
Gye~-Enner-
Eiidegegn
20
------------------- -- ~--------------------------- ---- . ---------~-
~1other- 1st second language and . 2nd second language and 3rd second language and
!ongue (Mn number of speakers number of speakers number of speakers
All MTs Amharic 5,104,149 Oromo 1,535,434 'Gurage' 208,358
Afar Amharic 30,841 Tigrinya 16,824 Oromo 8,702
Alaba 'Gurage' 12,815 Amharic 7,061 Kambaata 4,490
Amharic Oromo 988,037 English 148,564 Tigrinya 103,763 2
Anl'wak Amharic 9,400 Nuer 958 Oromo 381
Ari ____A"!hasJ~ __ _ 17,258 Hamer ______ --~~~-~9_____ _Q~~!~--- ______ 2,189
f..wngi Amharic 97,115 _ Gumuz I,846 Tigrinya 1,276
Basketo I Amharic 5,043 I GotTa 4,299 Mello 1,384
Bench . Amharic I 13,446 Kafa 13,109 Sheko 3,199"
~e_!t_!__________ Oromo .. ___ .. ~J61}____ _ Amharic .... _, __ 3 113 Fadashi ___ I20
Garno Amharic 94 902 Wolayta ___ ... Zt~26 _ ~!g!-!1~-- ____ _1,489 __
Gedeo Oromo ----~24,162 Amharic- 71,446 Sidaama 2,083
Gidole Amharic 5,64 ~-- Oromo 3,409 Konso 556
Goff.a H _ _ _. Amharic 29,5 I 9 -- _Q~~.C?.~t>.. _ --~].!~.. ____ M_ello__ .. ____ ____ _],0 14 __
9_um~--- ....... __ grom_2.__ . _ ... _?.~.~_11_ ___ Amharic ----~,9~7 4 Jebalawi __ -------~t!_U ____
q~~~~- Amh~!s:- ........ 7_9.Q,.U9. 'G.!!r!ig~ . _.. . .... ~.?.'-~~z _... .. Oromo ...... __ . --~~.J!L-
Hadiyya -~-~h_ari~---- ____ !Jl ,404______ Ka!J1.~.!~!i 4-~,648 . Y!'~l_~yt13,_ J.~,_~_l_Q __
Hamer __ .:_A_!!_ ___ _],.77 __ Tsamay ____ .... 9I4 Amharic 666
Kafa Amharic 102,696 oromo ts,os(' aenci-i.. - - - -
.... 8, 73 1
_Kambaa~~ .ArrtJ!ari~.. _....... J..J..Q,330 __ Jiadi:n:!... 10;298 _ _A.la_bJ:l _ j,~JI ~. .
Kamir Amharic __ 5J.,.:Ji1..... _:!I!!!!!:!.. 9,615 Oromo 25
Konso Oromo 6,656 Amharic 5,472 Gidole 5995 .....
Konta --- t\~hl!ti..c_ -~~--:--. __-(63r_~-:. ~~!1l__ .........!~.~9_4_ ... --~~--- __ ..... __ )90 ___ _
Ko~ra_ Amharic 15,4QL Oromo 4,325 ~udi _ l ,095
Kulo Oromo I3,917 Amharic 4,592 Kafa 2,861
Male ____: ~5:iorra: .............. 3A7o Garno -- .....- ..2,6i'O---~---.. -- 1,233 7
.
~0~~~1:_::-- -- r~:~ii'c~_:_: ~ :~1IJl4~.:--.-~ ~~~~~-:.:::_r . -i\1~r-~~--~~~~~~~-~:~. ~:.::-=~2~;9 =:. :
I. Office of Population and Housing Census Commission 1998, Vol. I, Table 2.19
2. 'Gurage' 102,522 5. Gewada 542
3. Me'en 3,089 6. Oromo 386
4. 'Gurages' may speak other 'Gurage' languages 7. Amharic 1,231
21
Tbe sel.f:.identification as 'Guiage' of speakers of the 'Northern Gurage' and 'Eastern
Gorage' languages is uncertain.
There are dialects (regional varieties) of Amharic, including those of Addis Ababa
and Shewa (Shoa), Gonder (or Begemder), Menz-Wello, and, a bit more divergent,
Gojjam. Some of the differences between these dialects are mentioned in the Amharic
grammar presented below (Anbessa 1999, Habte Mariam 1973, Bender et al. 1976, pp.
90-98); .
Addis Ababa has been the focus of Ethiopian economic and social life for almost a
hundred years, and the Amharic of the capital city Addis Ababa, in Shewa, is recognized
as the prestige dialect. (In Amharic crddis ababa is 'new flower'.)
An annotated bibliography of some of the most important publications for use in
learning Amharic is provided in 1.7, below.
:-~~~~I?~:-~~ -;t~ I
__:9urag~~--.. - -- -----~---- '---- --~- __ - _... J.~JL... ..I
Hadiyya 1.7 2 1.5 j'
Kafa - ... __ . .. 5.5_ -- -- ~.L ____ --- . 4.4 - --.
Oromo ______ -r---_1?..6 __________33.7 . ----r-- __ 2I~---i
Somali 1 0.9 0.6 ,
I Ti~!! ....... -----~~----- ---4.5 _____ - . - ... 1:.&..-~
r-~olaY.!!!____ . . -- - ......... 1.... ----
, Other langu~ 6
......1....------ -- .. ~----
5.4 __g___ _ j
I
22
Although the students' knowledge of such facts may not be perfect, one trend is uniform
and evident in the percentages: only Amharic shows an increase, and a significant one,
across the three generations.
More evidence of how Ethiopian multilingual society functions is found in a study of
the language of marketplace transactions in Harer, an ancient city of eastern Ethiopia.
Amharic is undoubtedly the major language inside the city's walls, but the old language
of the city, still spoken by a minority, is the Semitic language Adare (or Harari), closely
related to 'Eastern Gurage' languages. The near countryside is Oromo (Cushitic)
speaking, and the vaster surrounding territory Somali (Cushitic) speaking. There are four
markets in different quarters of the city. As Table 1.5 shows, none of the four markets
appeared to be specialized for use of a particular language or languages.
In fact, language use appeared to be quite evenly distributed across the four markets.
Notice in the bottom row the sizable percentage of bilingual transactions, conducted in
two languages. That most transactions are, in fact, monolingual, is surely owed to the
important multilingual abilities of most sellers, even if their command of some of these
languages is limited to that necessary for market activities. The general trend of such
statistics is perhaps little changed since 1976. Meyer and Richter (2003: 57) found that it
is the market, particularly, where 'practically the whole range of languages are used, be it
the native, second, or third language of the student'.
23
See Meyer and Richter (2003, chapter 2) for a review of national language policy,
~ly in language education, and Brenzinger (1997), Abbink (1998), and Cohen
(2(105) for discussion of some of the problems which have resulted from the policy of
"edmic federalism', when local majorities have asserted their constitutional rights over
local minorities, seeking education in their language against the preference of local
minorities for education in Amharic. For example, in a Kambaata-majority wereda,
minority Alaba speakers opposed the use of Kambaata in education, in favor of the use of
Amharic, and in Awasa town, of South Ethiopia, speakers of minority languages opposed
the use in education of the Sidaama language of the local majority.
The Ethiopian constitution of 1955 declared that 'the official language of the Empire
is Amharic', and subsequent law made Amharic (with English) the language of public
schooling, and even required that missionaries learn and teach in Amharic (Cooper 1976:
188-9). Near the end of the Haile Sellassie era, in 1972 a National Language Academy
was established, by an order noting that Amharic, 'while being faithful to its traditions
and preserving its purity, should become a vehicle for the expression of the knowledge,
learning, and thought engendered by modern civilization'; very soon, however, the 1974
revolution brought to power the Derg ('committee') goverrunent, with its liberalization of
official language policy, according to which 'the history, culture, language, and religion
of each nationality will have equal recognition in accordance with the spirit of Socialism'
(Academy 1986: 4). Still, the 1994 constitution, while giving all languages 'equal state
recognition,' makes Amharic the 'official language of the federal goverrunent'.
The early years of the Derg era in Ethiopia (1975-91) released considerable pent-up
creative energy, often expressed as political writings, from propaganda to poetry, but
especially Amharic fiction. Publishing in languages other than Amharic, but especially
Amharic, flourished. Since then, Addis Ababa bookstores include Amharic writings of all
sorts: poetry, translation, newspapers, literary and news magazines, drama, novels,
history, textbooks, etc. Amharic-language magazines are also published in the U.S. and
Europe to serve the growing expatriate populations there.
1.6. Amharic literature. The first manifestation of Amharic literature is songs of the
15th century court, such as in praise of Emperor Yishaq (1406-21 ?) (Praetorius 1878
[1970]: 499-502). Later are religious writings for and against Catholicism in the era of
Portuguese influence, circa 1540-60, followed by a few works including a commentary
on the Psalms during the reign of Iyasu (1730-55), but then nothing extant until the time
of Emperor Tewodros (reigned 1855-66), who began to promote the language, including
its use to write his chronicles (Kane 1975: 3-5).
The first publication of Amharic fiction is considered by Kane (6-7) to have been the
1908 Libb Wal/;;x/ Tarik 'Fictional History' of Afewerq Gebre lyesus, published in
Rome. A well respected novel of the Haile Sellassie era is Fiqir iska M:Jqabir (1965,
1958 Eth. calendar) by Haddis Alemayehu, a short selection from which is included here,
pp. 138-140.
The sudden impressive flourishing of Amharic writing after 1974 suggests that
political censorship - including self-censorship - had long repressed the literary
creativity of writers in Amharic. Unfortunately censorship soon returned, especially with
the disappearance in 1984 of the popular author Be'alu Girma, after publication of his
novel Oromai critical of policies ofthe Derg government (Taddesse 1995).
24
Important sl.D'Veys of Amharic literature are those of Kane 1975 and, including the
post-Haile Sellassie era, Molvaer 1997 (see references below).
1.7. Books for learning Amharic. Following is a selected and annotated list of some
of the most important publications in English and, in two cases, Amharic, for studying
and learning Amharic.
Appleyard, David. 1995. Colloquial Amharic. New York: Routledge. 374 pp. [A
beginner's coursebook in 14lessons, each with grammar notes and exercises, with an
Amharic-English glossary and two cassette tapes. Presumes command of the Amharic
writing system from lesson 6.]
Bezza Tesfa Ayalew. 2005. Let's Speak Amharic: A Multidimensional Approach to the
Teaching and Learning of Amharic as a Foreign Language. Madison, WI: NALRC
Press. 264 pp. [One of the series of 'communicatively oriented' African language
textbooks of the National African Language Resource Center. Amharic writing is
briefly introduced, and lessons employ Amharic writing from chapter 1. Good use of
pictures and figures.]
Eadie, J. I. 1924. An Amharic Reader. London: Cambridge at the University Press. 278
pp. [.Arnhaiic texts for advanced students: stories, essays, proclamations,
advertisements, poetry, recipes, and letters collected in Addis Ababa in 1914, all
translated. Some topics and language are now somewhat archaic.]
Getahun Amare. 1997 (1990 Eth. calendar). zgm:mawi YaA.marinya Sgwasiw B:Jqa!al
Aq<1rar~ (Grammar of Amharic in Simplified Form). Addis Ababa: Commercial
Printing Press. 219 pp. [Basic coverage of phonology, morphology (especially), and
syntax; by .a native speaker linguist, for Ethiopian secondary-school students.]
Getatchew Haile. 1996. 'Ethiopic writing' (ch. 51) in The World's Writing Systems,
edited by Peter T. Daniels and William Bright, pp. 569-576. New York: Oxford
25
University Press. [Compact authoritative discussion of the history and structure of the
Ethiopic writing system, including its use for Amharic.]
Leslau, Wolf. 1967. Amharic Textbook. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz. 675 pp. [A
beginning and intermediate course in 50 lessons. Presumes command of the Amharic
writing system from lesson 25. English-Amharic and Amharic-English glossaries, and
a thorough appendix of grammar tables.]
Leslau, Wolf and Thomas L. Kane. 2001. Amharic Cultural Reader. Wiesbaden: Otto
Harrassowitz. 319 pp. [Short texts on topics such as marriage, faith, holidays,
landholding etc., with English translations, a glossary, and topic indexes in English
and Amharic.]
Mulugeta Kebede and John D. Murphy. 1984. Amharic Newspaper Reader. Kensington,
MD: Dunwoody Press. 372 pp. [Fifty 1-3paragraph selections from the Addis Ababa
Amharic newspaper Addis Zemen for 1980, each with an English translation and a
glossary. The Amharic is typewritten, so less readable than print.]
26
Ullendorff, Edward. 1965. An Amharic Chrestomathy. London: Oxford University Press.
141 pp. [Amharic texts for advanced students, including from chronicles of Ethiopian
kings, newspaper articles from the 1930s to the 1950s, selections from fiction, letters,
and a crossword puzzle. Only one item is translated. Includes a 14-page introduction,
grammatical tables, and a short Amharic-English glossary.]
Abbink, Jon. 1998. New configurations of Ethiopian ethnicity: The challenge of the
South. Northeast African Studies 5. 59-81.
Academy of Ethiopian Languages. 1986. The Academy of Ethiopian Languages: Facts
and Figures. Addis Ababa: Ministry of Culture.
Anbessa Teferra. 1999. Differences between the Amharic dialects of GondAr and Addis
AbAba, The Beta Israel in Ethiopia and Israel: Studies on the Ethiopian Jews, Tudor
Parfitt and Emanuela Trevisan Semi, eds., 257-263. London: Curzon Press.
Bender, M. L., J. D. Bowen, R. L. Cooper and C. H. Ferguson, eds. 1976. Language in
Ethiopia. London: Oxford University Pre8s.
Bender, M. Lionel, Gabor Takacs, and David L. Appleyard, eds. 2003. Selected
Comparative-Historical Afrasian Linguistic Studies (Lincom Studies in Afroasiatic
Linguistics 14). Munich: Lincom Europa.
Brenzinger, Matthias. 1997. An evaluative account of Ethiopia's new language policy.
Language Choices: Conditions, Constraints, and Consequences, Martin PUtz, ed.,
207-221. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Cohen, Gideon P. E. 2005. Language and ethnic boundaries: perceptions of identity
expressed through attitudes towards the use of language education in southern
Ethiopia. Northeast African Studies 7(3). 189-206.
Cooper, Robert L. 1976. Government language policy, Language in Ethiopia, M. L.
Bender et al., eds., 187-190. London: Oxford University Press.
Faber, Alice. 1997. Genetic subgrouping of the Semitic languages. The Semitic
Languages,Robert Hetzron, ed., 3-15. London: Routledge.
Fattovich, Rodolfo. 2000. Aksum and the Habashat: state and ethnicity in ancient
northern Ethiopia and Eritrea Working Papers in African Studies no. 228. Boston:
Boston University African Studies Center.
Ferguson, Charles. 1976. The Ethiopian language area, Language in Ethiopia, M. L.
Bender, et al., eels., 63-76. London: Oxford University Press.
Gutt, Ernst-August. 1980. Intelligibility and interlingual comprehension among selected
Gurage speech varieties. Journal ofEthiopian Studies 14. 57-85.
Habte Mariam Marqos. 1973. Regional variations in Amharic. Journal of Ethiopian
Studies 11(2). 113-129.
Hetzron, Robert. 1972. Ethiopian Semitic: Studies in Classification (Journal of Semitic
Studies Monograph 2). Manchester: University ofManchester Press.
27
Hudson, Grover. 2003. Liltguistic analysis of the 1994 Ethiopian census. Northeast
African Studies 6(3). 89-107.
Hudson, Grover. 2004. Languages of Ethiopia and languages of the 1994 census.
Aethiopica 7. 160-172.
Kane, Thomas L. 1975. Ethiopian Literature in Amharic. Wiesbaden: Otto Harrassowitz.
Kane, Thomas L. 1990. Amharic-English Dictionary. 2 volumes. Wiesbaden: Otto
Harrassowitz.
Marcus, Harold. 1994. A Hzstory ofEthiopia, Berkeley: University of California Press.
McCall, Daniel F. 1998. The Afroasiatic language phylum: African in origin, or Asian?
Current Anthropology 39. 139-144. .
Meyer, Ronny and Renate Richter. 2003. Language Use in Ethiopia from a Network
Perspective (Schriften zur Afrikanistic Band 7). Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang.
Molvaer, Reidulf; 1997. Black Lions: The Creative Lives of Modern Ethiopia's Literary
Giants and Pioneers. Lawrenceville, NJ: Red Sea Press.
Office of Population and Housing Census Commission. 1998. 1994 Population and
Housing Census of Ethiopia, Results at Country Level, Volume I, Statistical Report.
Addis Ababa: Central Statistical Office.
Praetorius, Franz. 1978. Die Amharische Sprache. Halle: Verlag der Buchhandlung des
Waisenhauses (reprinted 1970. New York: Georg Olms).
Taddesse Adera. 1995. From apologist to critic: the dilemma of Bealu Girma, Silence is
not Golden, a Critical Anthology of Ethiopian Literature, Taddesse Adera and Ali
Jimale Ahmed, eds., 155-165. Lawrenceville, New Jersey: Red Sea Press.
Tosco, Mauro. 2000. Is there an 'Ethiopian language area'? Anthropological linguistics
42(3). 329-365.
28
PART2
GRAMMAR
2. Amharic Sounds
.... - ....
q'"'
vd
--------- .. ----- 1 i
--------~-- ......
1 c'
t ----- 5 .... h"
........... ---- ...
z i
s'
...n if_ ..... .!.'
- ............. ...................... ---........... .
1 ... ,, __ ......., .. _.~
The 32 consonants have the values generally suggested by their phonetic symbols, but
ihe following require special mention:
29
>
d. z.the sound usually spelledj in French (as in Jean), and heard in English words
including measure [mebr] and rouge [n1Z].
e. if, the sound spelled Pi in Spanish as in aFio 'year', and in English ny or ni as in
canyon and onion.
f. ?, a glottal stop, as heard at the beginning and middle of 'uh-oh' in English. In
Amharic] is heard between vowels as in sa?at 'time, hour' and ba?al 'holiday,
festival day'. Even in these words the glottal stop may be absent in casual speech;
thus also heard instead of the above are saat and baal.
g. The labialized velar consonants k", g", q", and h", which may be pronounced as if
they were kw, gw, qw, and hw.
h. The four consonants written with apostrophes, p ', t', s', c', and q (= k'), which are
'glottalized ejectives', as described below.
i. p and v occur in o~y a small number of evident loanwords: p for example in polis
'police', posta 'mail', and pasta 'pasta', and v in vila 'villa', viza 'visa', and
vitamin 'vitamin'. Ejective p' also occurs only in a small number of loanwords, but
these are anciently established in the language, from Greek, including t'm-app 'eza
'table', and p'agume(n}, name of the 13111 month of the Ethiopian calendar, and
even ityopp ya 'Ethiopia'. Some speakers, in Gonder and in rural areas, substitute
b for these: bolis 'police', bosta 'mail', t'obbiya 'Ethiopia', etc.
j. Finally, the rhotic r is a retroflex 'tap' approximately as heard in Spanish pero
'but' or Italian cara 'dear, beloved'.
For the Amharic consonant phonemes as written in Amharic, see 5.2, Table 5.1.
Glottalized ejectivc consonants. In the production of these the oral closure is made
and the glottis is closed and slightly raised; this compresses air between the oral closure
and the raised glottis, so that upon release of ~e oral closure air rushes out in a charac-
teristic audible burst.
Adults learning to produce the glottalized ejective consonants (as suggested by
Ladefoged 2001, p. 115) might practice these by pronouncing the equivalent non-ejective
consonant followed by ?, the glottal stop, plus a - for example pa-ah [pa?a]; then
progressively shorten the vowel after the consonant to nothing, so that the ? tends
immediately to follow it. Some have found that this tends to produce the necessary rise of
the glottis resulting in compression of air, so that p? becomes p '.
2.1.1. Consonant variants. Some of the consonants have different pronunciations j.n
different dialects and differ~t positions in words:
a. In rural areas, s' may be replaced by 1 ',so instead of s'aja 'he wrote' one may hear
t 'af:J. This is regular in the Wello dialect.
b. Often] and z are interchangeable, so instead ofj:;nnmgr:J 'he began' one may.also
hear fanm;JI'a. The dialect ofMenz prefers t.
c. Word-fmal stops and fricatives are ordinarily released (as if followed by a very
short high central vowel); thus hid 'Go!' and bet n:JW 'It is a house' are
pronounced hii and bel n:JW. These consonants are unreieased and lack the offset 1
30
when they precede another stop or fricative, for example the t' of wat'k 'you
(sg.m) swallowed' and the b of d:}bf:}r 'notebook'.
d. When they are not long (regarding long consonants see below) and are between
vowels, band g are pronounced weakly, as respectively the fricatives [p] and [y],
for example in leba 'thief [le~a] and waga 'price' [waya]. These are consonant
sounds not ordinarily heard in English, but in Spanish, for example in haba [a(XI]
'bean' and lago [layo] 'lake'.
e. The glides w and y are weakly articulated and almost inaudible between vowels,
for example in ~wa [~wa] 'Shewa (Province)' an.d haya [haYa] 'twenty'.
f. The labial and velar stops and fricatives are often rounded before the rounded
vowels o and u, as in bota [b"'ota] 'place' and qum [qwurn]'stand!' In the northern
(non-Shoan) dialects, the round vowel tends to be centralized with these
labializations, so one hears [bata] and [qim].
g. In the northern dialects except of Gondar, there is weak palatalization of con-
sonants before the front vowels e and i, in which case these may be centralized as e
and i, respectively: for example bet (bYet] 'house' and hid (hYid] 'Go (Sg.2m)l'
h. In the dialect of Menz, when they precede i and e the velar stops k and q are
replaced by ~and ~. respectively: thus cis 'pocket' (standard Amharic kis) and
cbs 'priest' (qes).
i. It was noted above that b may substitute for p, p ', and v.
2.1.2. Labiovelar consonants. Amharic has labialized consonants such as [bw], [kw],
[1], in which lip-rounding anticipates the release of the consonant. These usually occur
with the vowel a, and may be considered sequences of a consonant and w: bw, kw, tw,
elc.
The four k'", g'", q"' and h'" are, however, usefully considered labialized one-unit
consonants, as shown in Table 2.1: ( 1) they appear in roots and are treated as single
sounds in word-formation rules; (2) they are relatively common compared to other
labialized consonants; (3) they occur word-initially where sequences of consonants are
usually absent, and within words in consonant sequences where three-consonant
sequences are generally absent; and (4) they are written with special characters in the
...\mharic writing system: h-, .,.., .,._, ..,_,respectively. These four are termed 'labiovelar'
because their articulation historically includes both labial and velar aspects. Labialized
glottal fricative h is part of the set being the product of historical 'weakening' of velar x
ro glottal h, so xbeeome h".
2.1.3. y and w insertion. When vowels meet, one of the glides y or w may be
inserted. Typically w is inserted if the first vowel is o or u, and y is inserted if the first
\owel is i ore; for example biro-a~c;JW 'their office'> birowa~C:M. gize-accin 'our time'
> gizc?aCCin. If i or e precede o of the noun plural suffix -oce y
(3.2.4), either w or may
be pronounced: g:}b:}l'e(J)o~ or ggb:}re(- w)oc~ 'farmers', but only w is written. As
mentioned above, the w andy are weakly articulated.
31
2.1.4. y replacement. The'Sg.3m. and Pl.3 verb-subject prefix is basically y, but this
y is replaced by i when it occurs after another consonantal prefix, for example after s-
'when' in s-y-hed > sihed 'when he goes' and after ind- 'that'_ in ind-y-hed > indihed 'that
he goes'.
2.1.5. Long consonants. All the consonants except 2 and h may be long, sustained
single- articulations with the approximate duration of a two-consonant sequence. Thus the
word all:J 'he is present' is different from al:J 'he said', and wanna 'principal' different
from wana 'swimming'. In this book the long consonants are usually written by doubling
the consonant. Sometimes (for reasons to be explained below) the long consonants will
be written with the phonetic symbol [:]: al:a = alla 'he is present', and wan:a = wanna
'principal'.
Amharic long r as in b:Jrra 'shined, was alight', is a trilled r, as heard in Spanish
perro 'dog' and Italian carro 'cart'. (Short r is approximately as in Spanish pero 'but' or
Italian cara 'dear, beloved.)
Long consonants occur in English, too, but only when like consonants come together
in adjacent stressed syllables of different words, for example in bookcase [buk:es] and
penknife [pen:oyfJ. In Amharic the long consonants occur within simple words. (English
spellings with doubled consonants as in penny and ladder do not represent phonetically
long consonants.) Amharic long consonants are never word-initial, but occur often
between vowels as in the examples above, and also word-finally as in d~gg 'kind' and
libb 'heart'. The long ejective consonants are written here with only one apostrophe: for
example U'and not tt'in m~ttu 'he came'.
s'- c' l~ y
z~ z n ~if
These alternations are the result of historical PALATALIZATION, in which the tongue
was raised in anticipation of a following raised vowel. Perhaps i and e were pronounced
withy onsets, as still in northern Amharic dialects, as Yi and Ye. With palatalization of the
preceding consonant, the y becomes imperceptible (notice how English hit you may
become hitchu). The suffix -i but not -e may be omitted with these palatalizations, as
shown by the parentheses in Table 2.2. In Table 2.2 the second column shows verb-forms
in which the stem-final coronal consonant is not palatalized, and the third column shows
verb-forms with the palatalizing suffix and palatalization.
32
__ ___ ,.. ------~- --~------------------;
Imperative verbs
--- --- vciU. csg:m)___F_ 'You (Sg.f) -- 1
t- c kifat kif~(i) 'open' (vt)
d- j wisad wisa](i) ----t--:-,tU--==--e-=-'~~
t-t-,-_-=-c-,-+-m-,-=-lm-i'-------+--riHT:JC'(i) 'choose'
1----~--=~----~f---:-:,::--:-~-----+~------
s- I libas lib:Js(i) 'put on'
z- L yaz --- yaL(i) - 'takeJboic:r-
1_n___if~--=-Zf.---:cifa.=-n ----------- iffiJF{i) ____ _
__'sing~
---
1- y
1-~-L..-----
kifal kifa:Y{i) 'pay'
verbs in 'when' clause
. ..
.
,..
. .. . .. Nonpast
.. .. - . .... ..... ....
'when you
. . - ----------------
'when you
------
These replacements occur only before the above-mentioned cases of suffixes with
initial i or e but not within simple words, so not before the i in l'im 'beard' and not before
thee in set 'woman'; and, as mentioned, not when the suffix e is the Sg.l possessive as in
bet-e 'my house' or Ieis-e 'my pocket'.
33
saw her' > ayy:1h'-at. Alteniatively, the u may become w (2.2.4); in writing, labial-
ization is preferred, so I(Pa is written rather than kwa.
2.2. Vowels. Amharic has the seven vowels shown in Table 2.3. The vowels are
written here with phonetic symbols of the International Phonetic Association (IPA)
appopriate for their qualities. The table shows the articulation of the vowels as tongue
position in terms. of three degrees of height and three of frontness.
.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
Table 2.3. The seven Amharic
vowels
Front
r--::--- --- ---.
High 1
--r----
.
; - . . . ..Back
I Central
1
--u- -
~--~~:;.:0~~~---~-.-__-_~-~----L _;__ ---~--
Six of the seven Amharic vowels have reasonable approximations in English:
Notice that Amharic bet 'house' approximately rhymes with English bait and not with
English bet. The vowel g, with the tongue in a mid-central and more-or-less 'at rest'
position', is the most frequent vowel of Amharic (and of English). It has many spellings
in English in addition to u as in but, for example o in son, a as the first vowel of agree,
and ou as the second vowel offamous.
The seventh vowel, high central i, has no good English equivalent, but closest might
be, in casual speech, the vowel of the second syllable of matches or churches. This is the
vowel of English bit and sit but with the body of the tongue somewhat retracted, so that if
the tongue is raised to make contact at the top of the mouth approximately g is
articulated.
For the seven. Amharic vowel phonemes in Amharic writing, and their Amharic
names, see 5.2, Table 5.2.
2.2.1. Vowel variants. After h as in hedg 'he went', Amharic e is slightly lowered
and centralized as mid-front [e], the vowel of English head and bet.
34
After one of the alveopalatal consonants C. i, J, c', if, sandy, ~ may be somewhat
fronted as mid-front [e:], of English bet and set.
2.2.2. Vowel elision. When Amharic words are constructed from their parts with the
result that i or ~are adjacent to another vowel, i and ~ are typically 'elided', or omitted;
for example i-awq > awq 'I know', l~anCi> lanci 'for you' (Sg.2f). When i and~ meet, i
is elided, for example b~iwn:X > bfJWn:R 'in truth I truthfully'. Final a of verb stems is
omitted when the plural suffix u follows, as in b;ila-u > b;ilu 'they ate'.
A sequence of like vowels is reduced to one: asra-and > asrand 'eleven', yib;ia-all >
yib~all 'he eats'. In a case like asra-and > asrand 'eleven' ('ten-one'), where the
adjacent like vowels are in separate words, in careful speech instead of elision a glottal
stop may intervene: as.m[1]and.
2.2.3. Vowel insertion. When Amharic words are assembled from their parts, the
high central vowel i often appears to separate resulting consonant sequences which are
disallowed by the requirements of Amharic word structure (2.4). The vowel is termed
EPENTHETIC, and typically appears when prefixes and suffixes combine with stems, for
example to separate y-n and gr of Y..n~gr > yin~gir 'he tells'. If vowels precede and
follow the sequence of consonants, the EPENTHETIC VOWEL is unneeded and absent, as in
a-y-n~gr-u-mm > ayn::Jgrumm 'they don't tell'. Probably most occurrences of Amharic i
may be considered epenthetic.
2.2.4. Vowel replacement. The high vowels i and u may be replaced by the glides y
md w, respectively, when they precede a: tin::Jgri-a/l~s> tin::Jgryall~s 'you (Sg.2f) tell',
.>J~:'-u-at > n~gmwat 'they told her'. These replacements are typically heard with the
Sg.2f. suffix -i and the P1.3 suffix -u of verbs, respectively (but are not always seen in
_-\mharic writing, where i-a and u-a may be written). Alternatively, preceding consonants
:nay be palatalized by i (obligatory as mentioned in 2.1.6) or labialized by u (2.1.7). In
.\Titing,y may be inserted between i and a and w inserted between u and a (2.1.3).
2.2.5. Voiceless vowel. The word-final vowel of the Sg.l 'I' suffix of past tense verbs
:S voiceless- pronounced approximately as if whispered: s;;Wb~-k[y] 'I broke', m:Xt'a-
~y] 'I came'. However, if a suffix follows, as in soob~-ku-l 'I broke it', or m:Nt'a-hu-11-
..:! 'I came for her', the vowel is voiced, like other vowels. The mark of voicelessness [.]
.;:.f [I}] is not shown in examples below.
2.3. Stress. Amharic main stress of a word occurs, generally, on the next to last vowel
~:[a word, not counting suffixes, except for (at least) the plural suffix, the vowel of which
:S usually stressed. Thus, for example, the proper male name koob:xl~ has stress on the
:rext to last syllable (k.,bbad~). but the otherwise identical past-tense verb k~bb;xi~ 'he
:ecante heavy' has stress on the first syllable (k:ibb:;xi.,); this is consistent with the rule if
e consider the last vowel to be the Sg.3m. 'he/it' suffix. Also, vowels before long and
.i."'Uble consonants have more stress than those before short or single consonants, as in
35
t~b.Xla (t:}b;S/la) 'was eaten", libbe (Jibbe) 'my heart'. Stress differences, however, are
usually not as prominent as in English, and stress is not marked in examples below.
2.4. Structure of words. Amharic words may begin with any of the consonants and
vowels, although word-initial n is rare, and word-initial ~ seems to occm only in the
single interjecti~n .word :Jr:J 'Really!'. Word-initial glottal stops are generally nondis-
tinctive; that is, words like iwn:H 'true' may be thought of as ?iwn:}t or iwn:}t.
Following in Table 2.4 are representative simple (single meaning) one and two-
syllable Amharic words exemplifying the different possibilities of consonant-vowel or
'CV' structure. Perhaps only iy 'See! (Sg2.m) has the structure VC.
_g_vc mot 'death' ~~4.. 'G~!' (Sg.m) qg~ ... ~-~~P-~ ....
.cvcYi wMa 'dog' bana 'blanket' g.Xa 'body'
.ccvc- -Wiim''8mazing~--. -- bien 'pup_~!_~!.~~~---- ..-- t'wat'morning' 1--=-_ . _.
VCCV antg 'you' (Sg.m) amba 'motmtain top plateau' irsu 'he'
vee- . . '""jj](i' ,-Crazy; . amd
. .. . -'column, pillai-' ill 'innumerable'
cvcc _m;.s~.. ~~!fe' - ~:Jrq 'cloth _____________........{j;;;(Th.orn,.......-
cvcvc bir:X 'metal' j:Jr:JS 'horse' janos 'lam~
cvccv
----------
' d-;Ji'Q- ___'liappiness . 'biriU ..'8iron8;
, ______ ......, --f----:----- .... _, ___, _______,,, ...
fiska 'whistle'
-~_y_c~yc m:JSkot 'window' mahb:}r 'association' gu/b:}t ~~~!...P~~~!~ . .
Word-initial consonant sequences are generally limited to labial or velar+ r or/, and
consonant + w. Crll may be thought of as Cir, Cil, but the vowel is often inaudible.
Word-initial Cw may be understood as cw, a single labialized consonant, as typically in
Amharic writing (see 5.3.3): bwa=b"~~a, t'wat=t'wat.
Words may end with any of the consonants except the glottal stop l and the labio-
velar consonants 1?', gw, qw and hw (2.1.2).
There are word-final and word-medial (between vowel) sequences of at most two
consonants, as in word-final hilt' 'clever', qulf 'lock', and qurs 'breakfast'; and word-
medial W:}ndu 'the male', baldi 'bucket', and birtu 'strong'. Sequences of more than two
consonants that arise in word formation are broken up by insertion of i (epenthesis,
2.2.3). The long consonants (2.1.5), understood and written as two consonants, occur
36
consistent the restriction on consonant sequences: never word-initial but word-medial and
word-final, as in m::m'a 'he came', qolla 'lowland', libb 'heart', and b~ 'door'.
Although written as two consonants, the long consonants are never separated by i-
epenthesis, so while the three consonants of f:Jndt-o 'it bursting' are separated by
epenthesis as f:Jndito, in n:Jgr:-e (=n:Jgrre) 'I, telling' epenthesis precedes rr: il:Jgirre.
2.5. Writing Aliiharie in European alphabets. The Amharic writing system is intro-
duced in 5, below, and is employed for examples in the Appendices to Part 2, which
include grammar-tables, useful sentences, and three translated Amharic texts.
For readers who don't know Amharic writing, Amharic sounds, words, and sentences
are written here in phonetic writing. Amharic cannot be written consistent with the
practice of any European alphabet, because Amharic has sounds that either don't occur or
are not written consistently in major European languages: for example, the glottalized
ejeetive consonants of Amharic absent in European languages, and the Amharic vowel :J
which is not written consistently in the writing systems of European languages which
have the vowel, such as English.
Various European-alphabet-based phonetic writing systems have been used to write
Amharic, of which perhaps the most important are (1) that employed by Wolf Leslau in
his many books, including his Concise Amharic Dictionary (1976); (2) that employed in
ihe Encyclopaedia Aethiopica (Uhlig 2003, EnAe in the table); and (3) the 'Wright
system' (Wright 1964) long favored in publications of the Institute of Ethiopian Studies
including the Journal of Ethiopian Studies. In Table 2.5 are compared these three writing
systems for Amharic consonants with that used in this book, along with the International
Phonetic Alphabet (IPA 1999). Eighteen consonants are written identically in the five
systems: p, t, k, /(', b, d, g, gw, f, s, z, h, hw, m, n, l, r, w; so the table compares only the
thirteen consonants for which there are differences.
----. _____ .[
-
3 i
J1 ri
j_ )'
37
This book follows IPA practice in writing the Amharic consonants, with three well-
motivated exceptions consistent with established practice: (1) use of q and qw for IPA k'
and JeV '; (2) the alveopalatal consonants C, c!~ J, S, Z. and if, all written with " to represent
their shared place of articulation; and (3) y for IPAj. For an Amharic text written entirely
according to IPApractice, see Hayward and Hayward 1999.
Table 2.6 compares the five ways of writing the seven Amharic vowels, all five of
which agree on the writing of the four vowels u, i, a, and o. This book follows IPA
practice for writing the Amharic vowels, without exception.
r - - - ...- -----~---------------------------
1
I Table 2.6. Five ways to write the Amharic
vowels phonetically
Hayward, Katrina, and Richard Hayward. 1999. Amharic, Handbook ofthe International
Phonetic Association, 41-49. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
International Phonetic Association. 1999. Handbook of the International Phonetic
Association: a Guide to the Use of the International Phonetic Alphabet. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Ladefoged, Peter. 2001. A Course in Phonetics. Fort Worth; Harcourt.
Leslau, Wolf. 1976. Concise Amharic Dictionary. Berkeley: University of California
Press.
Uhlig, Siegbert, ed. 2003. Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, 5 volumes (vol. 1, 2003). Wies-
baden: Otto Harrassowitz.
Wright, Stephen. 1964. The transliteration of Amharic, Journal ofEthiopian Studies 2(1 ).
1-10.
38
3. Amharic Words
3.1. Pronouns. Amharic has three pronoun sets: (1) independent pronouns, (2) noun-
possessive pronoun. suffixes, and (3) verb-object pronoun suffixes; see these in Table 3-; 1.-
3.1.1. Independent pronouns. See the independent pronouns in Table 3.1. A number
of these have alternative forms. Singular 2nd polite antu is uncommon in standard Addis
Ababa Amharic but is heard in the dialects ofWello and Gondar.
39
Five of the indepentlent pronouns have alternative forms with irs- or iss-. This
probably reflects the origin of these pronouns as noun possessives based on the nouns
either *kirs 'belly' (Ge'ez kgrs, Gafat frsg) or *ri?is 'head' (modem Amharic ras,
Tigrinya ri?ist). If, for example, we assume origin from kirs, irs-u 'he' comes from kirs-u
'his belly', an emphatic pronoun comparable to colloquial English 'hisself', by loss of the
k, and iss-u comes from irs-u by assimilation of r to followings.
The plural independent pronouns have as initial element a plural morp~eme inng, also
seen in phrases like inng-t~faye 'those associated with Tesfaye'. This is prefixed to
singular independent pronouns to make the plurals: inng+antg > innantg 'you' (Pl.2),
inng+issu > inngssu 'they', inng+ya > irii!a 'we'. Sg.l ya of the latter is absent in
modem Amharic but known in Ge'ez and other Ethiopian Semitic languages. (The prefix
inng also appears in the Pl.l nonpast andjussive verbs.)
In irs-accgw I iss-accgw, the independent Sg.3 polite pronoun, the -ace- is probably a
historical plural marker related to the regular noun plural suffix-occ (3.2.4).
The Amharic independent pronouns occur infrequently as subjects of verbs, when
they are emphatic or contrastive, in English as in 'HE (not she) told me.' Because
sentence subjects are necessarily expressed in Amharic as a prefix and/or suffix on the
verb, an independent pronoun subject is redundant unless it provides additional meaning
such as contrast or focus in the utterance, for example, in ine ngi'fi'f 'It's ME' = 'It's me,
indeed' I 'It's me (and no one else)'.
As direct object rather than subject of a verb, the independent pronouns are suffixed
by the definite-object suffix -n (3.2.6); so ine is 'I' and ine-n is 'me'; isswa is 'she' and
iss"'a-n. 'her', etc. But the independent pronouns also occur infrequently as verb o~jects,
as when they are emphatic or contrastive. Pronoun verb objects may be expressed in
Amharic as verb suffixes, of the last column in Table 3.1 so the independent pronoun
object is redundant unless it provides meaning additional to the object-suffix pronoun, as
in:
l~Hswa nggggr-ku(-at)
to-she told~ I(-her)
'I told HER.'
The independent pronouns may be made possessive pronouns by prefixing yg-, for
example yg-sswa bet 'her house', ya-ne sim 'my name' (3.2.5). More commonly, pro-
noun possession is expressed by the noun-possessive suffix pronouns (3.1.2): bet-wa
'her house', sim-e 'my name.
40
As mentioned above, -ace'- of the. plural noun-possessive suffixes is probably in
origin a plural suffix similar to the noun plural suffix -oa! (3.2.4).
3.1.3. Verb-object suffix pronouns. See the verb-object suffix pronouns in Table
3.1. The paradigm of verb-object suffix pronouns differs slightly from that of the
independent pronouns. In the suffixes, both Sg.3pol. and Pl.3 forms.are identical: n~gg:"
a~ 'he told her/him (pol)', 'he told them'. But Sg.3pol and Pl.3 are different in the
independent pronouns: irsaCc.~ I issacC:Jw 'he/she (polite)' vs. inn:1ssu I inn~rsu 'they'.
In the dialect of Debre Tabor, the Sg.l object suffix is not -M but -y (as in some of
the other Ethiopian Semitic languages). Again -ace- of PI.2 -acci-hu and Pl.3 -acc-gw
probably reflects an old plural suffix related to the noun plural suffix -occ (3.2.4).
Nonpast main verbs have an AUXILIARY verb suffix (3.7.2.2), shown as 'MV' in the
following examples. In this case the object pronouns, -at- 'her' and -n- 'us' of the
examples, is suffixed to the verb stem and precedes the suffixed auxiliary verb:
i-w:JSd-at-all:lhu
1-take.:.her-MV 'I (will) take her.'
y-ayu-n-all
they.see-us-MV 'they (will) see us.'
When they follow verb-final non-alveopalatal consonants, the Sg.l, Sg.3m., and Pl. I
suffixes have initial :1 as -:Jifif, -:JW, and -an, respectively, for example:
When the verb-final consonant is an alveopalatal (listed in 2.1.6), the suffixes lack the~
and require the epenthetic vowel i:
The two Amharic prepositions b:J- 'on, with, against' and l:J- 'for, to, in the interest
of may be suffixed to verbs, in which case they take the forms -:bb- and -11-, respectively
md are followed by the verb-object suffix pronouns (also see 3.3), for example:
41
In this context the Sg.3m. 'him' pronoun has the form -:X instead of -w:
In the Gonder dialect, -ll- 'for' may be absent; thus bfJI'Ufl k(fJt-:JJ'Ii1 for b~n kf~-ill-iifil
'open the door for me'.
When they are not suffixed to verbs, these and other prepositions take the
independent pronouns as objects, as in:
3.2.Nouns
3.2.1. Masculine and feminine nouns. The gender of a noun, masculine or feminine,
is evident in its agreement with its verb, its pronoun replacement, and/or its definiteness
suffix or other determiner. For 'brother'_ and 'sister', for example:
42
Nouns are usually grammatically masculine unless they refer to biological feminines,
but inanimate nouns such as ag:Jr 'country' (if one's own) and m:ikina 'car' may be
affectionately made grammatically feminine, as in m:cina-ye f:}S~b:':!J~~ 'my car (f)
broke down.' in which the verb has Sg.3f. subject suffix -:JCC. Small things vs. large may
be preferred as feminines, for example buccilla-wa 'the puppy' vs. wi.fa-w 'the dog'.
Many human feminine nouns end in t, for example irmat 'mother', ihit 'sister', akist
aunt', and nigist 'queen' (exception: ayat 'grandfather' and 'grandmother'); and a
smaller number of feminine nouns end in -it, for example arogil 'old woman' (aroge
"old'), mogzit 'nurse (of infants)', and andit 'one (f)' (and 'one (m)').
3.2.2. Definite nouns. For masculine nouns the definite determiner 'the' is the suffix
-u after consonants and -w after vowels. For feminine nouns this is -wa after vowels and
consonants or -itu after consonants. For example: f:;Jr::JS-u 'the horse (m)', wiS'Sa-w 'the
dog (m)', wisa-wa 'the dog (f)', and dimm:!Jt-itu 'the cat (f)'. In Gojjam, -itu is more
\\idely used. The suffixes -u and -wa are respectively identical to the Sg.3m. and Sg.3f.
possessives (3.1.2).
Because these suffixes other than -itu are equivalent to the Sg.3 noun-possessive
suffixes, so wisa-w is ambiguously 'the dog (m)' or 'his dog', and wisa-wa is ambi-
guously 'the dog (f)' or 'her dog'.
The nouns s:!JW 'man' and set 'woman' have special forms S:!JW-~e-w 'the man', set-
~yo-wa 'the woman', in which the suffix -zyye I -iyyo indicates a specific but not definite
ooun: saw-.{yye 'a certain man, set-iyyo 'a certain woman'.
3.2.4. Noun plural suffix. The regular plural suffix of nouns is -o~l; bet-occ
ibouses', z:m~9d-occ 'relatives'. A,rw may appear after vowels, especially round vowels:
r-fJ;;re-wo~c 'farmers', b:!Jqlo-wo~c 'mules' (2.1.3). Alternatively, the vowel of the
~suffix may elide a preceding vowel, especially if this is a: ma1cina-o~~> malcinocc
-C!I'S' (or m:J!dna-woCC), baqlo-occ> b~locc'mules'.
There are some plurals with not -occ but -at or -an, for example qal-at 'words' and
~-an 'saints', and a few irregular or 'broken' plurals probably from Ge'ez, including
~?ikt 'angels' (singular m:iak or m:i?ak) and danagil'virgins' (singular dingil).
When plural quantifiers are present, the plural suffix is not required: bizu saw 'many
pEL-,le', hui:Xt li] 'two children'. Adjectives of plural nouns may also be pluralized
lj3.4).
43
The prefix y:r is absent if'another preposition precedes, as in b:rne bet 'in my house'
(not b:ry:rne bet) and !~hanna innat 'for Hanna's mother' (not l:ry:rhanna innat).
3.2.6. Definite object suffix. A 'deflnite' noun phrase, one known to the addressee
and often marked in English by the definite article the, is suffixed by n in Amharic.
Proper nouns (names) are typically definite.
This aspect of Amharic grammar logically and usefully interacts with word order. In
Amharic sentences a subject ordinarily precedes the object - and both precede the verb,
which is last in the sentence. (4.1.1). However, if the object is definite, it may and
typically does precede the subject. Thus 'a dog bit a man' is ordered in Amharic 'a dog a
man bit'. But if 'man' is definite, wordorder is likely to be 'the man a dog bit'. In this
case -n suffixed to the definite object helpfully makes clear that even though ftrst in the
sentence it is the man who gets bitten and not the dog. (See also 4.1.2.)
A definite noun object ('DO') which is the TOPIC of a sentence (what the discourse
and discourse and sentence are 'about'), may be expressed in the sentence as a
RESUMPTIVE object-suffix pronoun, suffixed to the verb, for example:
bet-u-n w:xld:xl-:rw
house-the.DO liked-he-it
'He liked the house.' (-w repeats reference to betu)
abat-e-n r:xlda-hu-t
fathermy-00 helped-I-him
'I helped my father.' (-t repeats reference to abate)
Topics in English are not marked by grammar, but often by a phrase such as 'as for',
'concerning' ('As for the house, he liked it'), or by special wordoo()rder, stress and
intonation ('Novels, I never read anymore').
3.2.7. Contrast I topic suffo:. A suffix -mm (-imm with epenthetic vowel) marks
nouns, and other words, as contrastive, a usage often termed 'topicalization'. Consider
the following sentence:
/
44
yohannis-imm yi-m~'-all
Yohannes--Con he-come-MV (MV is for 'main verb'; see 3.7.2.2)
'Yohannes will come too.'
ant:~-ss?
you (Sg.m)-Q
' And as for you?' I 'What about you (Sg.2m)?'
3.2.8.1. Verbal noun I infinitive. The infinitive verb or verbal noun, usually
expressed in English as a verb with to (to go, to stay) or -ing (going. staying), is discussed
in 3.7.3.
3.2.8.2. Pla~e and instrument noun. A noun expressing the place or instrument of a
~is constructed as the prefix m:~- on the infinitive stem of the verb (3.7.3) plus the
suffix -tya. For the verb nor~ 'lived, resided', for example, the place nolm is m:~-nor-iya
""residence', and for t':;,rr~g~ 'he swept' the instrument noun is m~-tr~-iya 'broom'. See
more examples in Table 3.2.
----------------------------.,
Table 3.2. Pla~e and instrument nouns: ma + noun stem + iya
-::-::---:--:-----------.,..-,.,-----"..--------------1
Verb in past Pla~e noun
~~~~~~---~~-+~~~~----~-~--~~----
aqom~--- 'stop, stand' (vt) m-aqom-iya 'stopping place'
t~-C'aww:ll~ 'played' m~-ll'ri~-- -- 'playground' --
arr:Jj:J --- 'rested' awroplan m-amf-iya 'airport'
add:Ji:J -+-;,-di~str:-:i;:-b-ut:-ed-:-,::---+:-be.-n.zm---:i!.;--m--a---:dd:-:P-~--a.....:r---1--:-,g. . as~sta~ti-on-:':-----l
..
hed:J -- 'went' -- m:JheiiYri----- - 'destination'_____ ........ -
d:Jr:Kid:Jr~ 'arranged' m:J-d:mi:Jr-iya 'shelf'
'began' (vi) m:J1Pmm:JT-iya 'beginning, start'
~mT:189
........------ --
'finished' {vi)
........ - ---r--- -t-:--
m9-C'9TT91-a
- Y~rb iii~!( -----~~. .- Inst!'uli!~!!~ ~-~-ii~ :~ . -_-_:~=~=-~=
s:Jrra ____ .... . . 'w~!~~-~~.. _I!1:J-sr-iJI!l._.. 'm~ of :work'
.............-....
'conclusion, end'
..
45
Ibe suffix -iya palatalizes verb-stem final coronal cortsonants as discussed in 2.1.6,
usually ~ith loss of -iy-, as in m~-ccaw~c!-a 'playground' (< m~-ccaw~t-iya), m-a1-:1s-a
~ (<m-aros-iya), and other examples ofTable 3.2.
The vowel ~ of the prefix m:; is elided by a of the following verb stem (2.2.2), as in
11HIIJOlll-iya 'stopping place' and other examples of the table.
3.2.8.3. Agent noun. The noun agent ('doer') of a verb is expressed by the suffix -i
011 a special stem of the verb which has the vowel a before the last consonant: n~ari
'"tdlcF' (n~gg~~ 'told'), f:ilagi 'seeker' (f:il~g~ 'wanted'), t~g"am-i 'translator'
(t;r.,ggv:nn~ 'translated'). Verbs of the hed~ type have ya: hiyaj'goer' (hed~ 'went'; the
agent noun has palatalization of d from hiyad-l). Verbs of the qom~ type have wa:
q:Mam-i 'permanent one, stander' (qom~ 'stood'), and verbs of the s:nnma type lack the
a:. s:xn-i 'hearer' (s<Nnma 'heard'). (The different verb types are discussed in 3.7.1.1.)
"Carpenter', anal 'i, without palatalization, is exceptional. 'Trader', n~gade, is also
exceptional.
Some agents are formed on nouns by suffixing -~ilifa: q:id-~ilifa 'joker' (q:id 'joke'),
f:~r:JS-:Jnlfa 'horseman' (j':Jr:JS 'horse'), z:Jb-:Ji1r'la 'guard' (z:Jb 'guarding').
The latter suffix also forms ordinal from cardinal numerals: and-~nlfa 'first' (and
'one'), hul:Jt-:Jiiifa 'second' (hul:Jt 'two'); for the numerals see 3.6.
3.2.8.4. Abstract noun. An abstract noun is expressed with the suffix -nn:Jt added to
a noun or adjective, as in set-innat 'womanhood' (set 'woman'), qon]o-nn:X 'beauty'
(qon]o 'beautiful, pretty'), t'or-inn~l 'war' (l'or 'spear, war').
There are number of other, less common, ways of deriving nouns from verbal roots,
as inftJ'nat 'speed' if:Xt'9n:J 'hurried') andfit'r:X 'creation' (fatt':Jr:J 'created'), sikar
'drunkenness' (s:Jkk:Jr:J 'was drunk'), and zillay 'jumping' (z:il:i~ 'jumped').
3.3. Prepositions. There are ten prepositions, as follows with examples; only their
typical uses are exemplified. The one-syllable prepositions are prefixes, written as part of
the following word; the two-syllable prepositions are commonly written as separate
words. Recall that ~ of a prefix is absent before a following vowel other than i, as in /-
ant~ 'for you', below (2.2.2).
b:; 'on, at, by' b:;ru~b 'by running' b:;t'alyaniififa 'in Italian'
i- 'at, on' i-bet 'at home' i-gat'fll' 'in the countryside'
/:; 'for, to' /-ant~ 'for you I to you' (Sg.m) /:;m:Jhlat 'for eating'
46
k:;,- I t:J-* 'from, ... ' k-ahun 'from now' k:J-sswa 'with her'
wad:;, 'to' w;xi:;, k:;,t:;,ma 'to town' wad" biro 'to the office'
ind:;, 'like' ind:;, inn~u 'like them' ind" Jib 'like a hyena'
isk:;, 'until' isk" missfJt 'until evening' isk" qidame 'till Saturday'
sila 'about' sil" pol:Hika 'about politics' sila timhiit 'about education'
yal:;, 'without' yala g"nz~ 'without money' yal:;, m"bt 'without right'
basta 'toward, from' basta gra 'to the left' bast" hwala 'from behind'
*'with, at, on'; t:J- rather than k:J- in the dialects of Gonder, Menz, and Wello
The prepositions b:J- and /:1- may be suffixed to verbs taking the forms -bb- and -11- in
the meanings 'against, unfortunately for' and 'for, fortunately for', respectively, and
followed by the verb-object suffix pronouns, as in darr:;,q:J-bb-ilfif 'it dried up on me'
('unfortunate\)' fot me'), d~rr;q<)-11-iiiii'\t dtied up fot\unate\y for me' (see also 3.\.3).
The preposition /:;,.. 'for, to' expresses the INDIRECT OBJECT or 'recipient' in
sentences such 8$ the following.
3.4. Adjectives. There are words which typically function as adjectives, modifiers of
nouns, such as tt1liq 'big', tinnis 'small', and qonfo 'pretty', and color words such as
n:;,cc', 1'iqur 'black'. But these may also function as nouns, for example taking the
definite article and plural suffixes: tilliq-u 'the big one (m)', tinni..occ 'small ones',
t'iqur-wa 'the black one (f)', t'iqur-ot.Y-u 'the black ones'.
Adjective precede their nouns, and if the noun is definite the suffix of definiteness -u
(m) I -wa (f) follows the adjective and not the noun: tilliq-u bet 'the big house (m)',
qon]owa liJ'the pretty child (f)'. Likewise the definite object suffix -n is attached to the
adjective:
A noun-possessive suffix, by contrast, is on the noun and not the adjective: tilliq bet-u
"his big house', aroge makina-wa 'her old car'. Thus tilliq bet-u is 'his big house' but
dliq-u bet is 'the big house (m)'.
Plurality may be marked on the adjective modifier of a noun, adding a sense of
variability in the qua1ity of the adjective: tilliq-occ naceaw 'they are (various) big ones'
(ri//iq 'big'), tilliq-occ lif-occ'big children (of varying big sizes)'.
47
.
In contrast with the usual case for adjectives and quantifiers, hullu 'all' may follow its
noun: saw hu/lu, or.hullu s~ 'all the people'.
3.4.1. Derived adjectives. Some adjectives form a plural with the additional meaning
of 'various,' by duplicating the middle consonant: till11iq lij-occ 'big children' (tilliq
'big'), r:}jaJ]im wattadd~-occ 'tall soldiers' (rgjjim 'tall'). Like other adjectives these
may function like nouns and take the noun-plural suffix: tililliq-occ 'various big ones'.
An adjective of quality is derived by the suffix -awi as in samay-awi 'blue' (sgmay
'sky') and am:H-awi 'yearly, annual' (am{}( 'year'). This suffix also derives nouns of
nationality (3.2.8.5).
The suffix -am derives from a noun an adjective meaning 'having particularly a
quality associated with the noun': hod-am 'greedy, gluttonous' (hod 'stomach'), m:}/k-am
'attractive, nice' (m:ik 'appearance').
The suffix -amma derives an adjective of similar, perhaps somewhat intensified,
meaning:fire-yamma 'fruitful' (fire 'fruit'; withy-insertion; 2.1.3), l'en-amma 'healthy'
(t 'ena 'health').
The suffix -tgrJifa (cf. -gififa of agent nouns, 3.2.8.3) forms adjectives on the base of
'say' verbs (3.7.10). Thus fbr q~s a/g 'he was slow' there is q~s-it:;rJifa 'slow, sloth-
ful', and for zimm a/:; 'he was quiet', zimm-itailifa 'quiet, silent'.
The comparative may be intensified by yiliq or yib:Jlt~ Sg.3m. nonpast forms of the verbs
laqa 'excelled, exceeded' and b:il~t'g 'exceeded, was bigger I more'.
48
The superlative is a comparison to hullu 'all' or to a plural noun+ hullu.
The plural demonstratives consist of the plural prefix inn:J- seen in the plural
independent pronouns (including inn:J-ssu 'they'; 3.1.1) plus the locatives izzih 'here'
and izziya 'there'. The demonstratives function as pronouns as in ya n::V 'that's it', as
well as modifiers as inyih bet 'this house'.
The locatives izzih 'here' and izziya 'there' are also used as demonstratives as in izzih
bet 'this house', but especially after prepositions as in b:J-zzih bet 'in this house'. The 3rd
person independent pronouns may function similarly, as in issu lij 'that boy'.
As pronouns or modifiers of definite nouns the demonstratives are suffixed by the
definite object suffix, as inyih-in iw~dall:Jhu 'I like this one', yih-in sim als:nnmahum 'I
didn't hear (haven't heard) this name'.
49
A fact of Amharic NON-VERBAL LANGUAGE which should be noted, in relation to the
demonstrative function of pointing, is that instead of finger pointing, as by English
speakers, speakers of Amharic typically point by gesturing with the protruded lips.
3.6. Numerals and time. The basic cardinal numerals (number-words) and some of
the higher cardinals are listed in Table 3.4. Notice that assir 'ten' has a different fonn
asra when formiri.g the teens, such as asra-arat (or asrarat) 'fourteen'.
For the cardinal numerals and the numbers in Amharic writing, see 5.3.5 and
Appendix2.
Years are expressed for example as:
---------------. - - - - - -..-------
Table 3.4. Cardinal numerals
i~;~-- -~~=~t;!~~~--j
I_ ~.~ I~~=~:~~~-.-- ~t. . J...~~~?~ti_~:~l!..!t~~a__amm~. . . . . ..
Ordinal numerals are formed on cardinals by suffixing -~ifr'fa. thus:
and-:Jilifa 'first',
assir-~iliia 'tenth'
m:Jto asr-and-aifi!a 'hundred and eleventh'
Ordinal 'ninth', zgt 'an-:Jilifa, is slightly irregular in having the basis zat ':Jn 'ninety' not
z~l 'ann 'nine'.
(The suffix -ailifa also fonns noun agents: 3.2.8.3:)
50
'First' and 'second' are also expressed, respectively, by -awi suffixed to fonns ofthe
verbs q{1(}dama 'preceded' and d~ama 'repeated': q:xiam-awi, dagm-awi. These are the
ordinals required in royal titles such as qgc/amawi hay/a sillase 'Haile Sellassie I' and
dagmawi minilik 'Menelik II'.
Times of the day. In Ethiopia the twelve hours ofthe day are counted from sunrise to
sunset and the twelve-hour sequence is repeated to sunrise, so asra hulatt s~?at, literally
"twelve o'clock', is equivalent to 'six o'clock' (a.m. or p.m.) in English; and sa?at (lit.
"one o'clock') is equivalent to 'seven o'clock' (morning or evening); and siddist sa?at is
equivalent to 'twelve o'clock' (midday or midnight).
For more on time and telling time, see Appendix 4.
3.7. Verbs
Root Meanin
ngr
fl:g
qr 'remain' jus~ve . -- yi-qir 'let it remain'
olf 'pass' (vi) imperative ilaf-i --- ~f~ (~~- _
I sam~-:.~~-~:~--~=~----- s!r!!: ....:.:~-~~-. C~!!Y.~z:_~:-.-.-. ---~~::~. --.--:. ~J:te, kis~~~--
1. The imperative stem without affixes is also a word: the singular masculine
imperative verb, for example i/af'(You, Sg.2m) Pass!'
The consonants of roots are tenned 'radicals' (Latin radix 'root'). Roots of two
mosonants are 'biradical'; roots of three consonants 'triradical', etc.
The formation of stems by associating a vowel or sequence of vowels with root
mosonants is known as'ROOTAND-PATTERN MORPHOLOGY, and is the special character-
51
istic of Semitic languages, including Amharic, Arabic, and Hebrew. Typical Semitic
roots are triradical, as in Amharic, but in Ethiopian Semitic languages including Amharic
there also are many biconsonantal roots and many roots with a vowel.
3.7.1.1. Twelve verb types. Roots have different forms according to (1) their mnnber
of consonants (two to four or, rarely, five), (2) whether one of these consonants is long or
not, (3) presence or not of a vowel as part of the root, and (4) the quality of the vowel if
there is one. The first column of Table 3.6 shows the abstract form of the root of twelve
common verb types as consonants (C) and in some cases a vowel (V), an example root of
each type, and for each root the Sg.3m. (subject 'he/it') verb in the four basic
conjugations past, nonpast, jussive, and converb, and the infinitive.
cc
~-
qr(A)
'remain'
qar:a yi-qar I
i
yi-qir qar-t-o m:rqr:rt
ly: (B) l:Jy:a yi-l:Jy: l:Jy:-il-0 m:rlgy:-t
CC: 'separate'
-------- -
sma(A) sam:a yi-s:Jma yi-sima sam-t-o m:rsma-1
CCa 'hear' - ---...-- ----- - ----h------ -
lk:a (B)
CC:a
____ , ___ .,.
'measure'
, _______ ____l:Jk:a
-
yi-l:Jk:a
--- . - .. - -- .. - .... _, ______ . ~------~- ........ - --
lak:-it-o m:rl :J!c:
----- ----
a-t
qom qorn-:J yi-qom yi-qum qum-o m:rqom
CoC
'stand'
hed bed-~ yi-hed yi-hid hid-o m:rhed
CeC 'go'
sam sam-:J , yt-stm yi-sam sim-o m:J-sam
CaC
---- 'kiss' --- --------- -- ------- -
r
....... .. --. --- ------ -----
-~-
52
3.7.1.2. A-type and B-type verbs. Some roots have a long consonant (2.1.5) and
some don't. In Table 3.6, roots of the first three pairs systematically differ from each
other by presence of a long consonant, written with ':' in the second root of each pair;
that is, ngr vs.fl:g, qr vs. ly:, and sma vs. lk:a. Of such pairs, roots with a long consonant
are termed 'B-type' and those without 'A-type'. Amharic A-type roots are perhaps 1.5
times as numerous as B-types.
Notice in Table 3.6 that roots of the twelve root types form stems in different
patterns. The stems of both A and B-type roots have the same structure in the past: the
second consonant of both ngr and fl:g is long in past-tense verbs (the third column of
Table 3.6). But in nonpasts (fourth column), for example, the second consonant is short in
A-type yin~gr but still long in B-type yif~l:ig. The stems of B-type roots are the same in
the jussive and nonpast conjugations.
B-type roots in Table 3.6 are written with':' rather than a doubling of the consonant,
to make clear that the long consonant is not a pair of adjacent identical consonants. Roots
may, indeed, repeat a consonant, for example wdd 'like, love'. The root wdd is like ngr,
not likely: 'separate'; that is, the root is not wd:. This is is evident in words formed on
the root, for example )JiwdfXI 'let him like', in which the two d's are separated by a
vowel. The long consonant of a B-type root like ly: never appears as like consonants
separated by a vowel. Verbs with a repeated consonant like wdd are termed 'doubled
verbs'. Other examples are.fss 'leak', zll'jump', and brr 'fly'.
The CITATION FORM of a verb is that which appears first in entries of a dictionary. In
an English dictionary this is the 'infinitive' form, for example eat as in to eat and drink as
in to drink- not ate, or drank. The citation form of an Amharic verb is the Sg.3m. past,
for example n~gg~r~ 'he told' ,f~ll~g~ 'he wanted'. However, the Sg.3m. past form does
not distinguish the types, because in this form A-typ~ as well as B has the B-type long-
consonant characteristic. So Amharic dictionaries have to indicate this otherwise, usually
and as in the word-lists of Part 4 of this book, by a note, 'B-type'. A verb is A-type
otherwise, or of a type which does not distinguish A and B.
In Semitic languages beyond Ethiopia, such as Arabic, verbs may often differ only by
whether the second consonant of one of the verbs is long. But in Arabic most such verb
pairs have related meanings, for example:
In Arabic to some extent (but far from perfect) one can expect (if not predict) such
relationships of form and meaning. Thus given Arabic qatala 'he killed' one can expect
qattala 'he massacred', and given qaruba 'come near, approach' one can expect qarraba
bring near'.
In Amharic, by contrast, long-consonant B-types are in no regular meaning relation to
short-consonant A-types. There is, however, a tendency for B-types to be TRANSITIVE
VERBS. (Transitive verbs are those which may have a direct object, for example take and
find: someone takes and finds something. INTRANSITIVE VERBS, such as go and fall, don't
have objects.) Other tendencies are that Amharic verbs whose first consonant is an
alveopalatal c,. c: J, s, or z, or those whose second consonant is w or y, are B-types. The
following, for example, are B-type verbs: J~mm~r:J 'began', c':;}ll~m~ 'was dark', s:Jff~n~
covered', d~w:Jl:J 'rang', and t'~aJ~ 'asked'.
53
3.7.1.3. C-type verbs. Roots like bark 'bless' in the tenth row of Table 3.6, with three
consonants and a after the first consonant, are termed 'C-type'. Other C-type roots are
galh 'ride (a horse)', t'aft' 'be sweet', and mark 'capture, attract'. For a list of C-type
verbs, see Appendix 6.
3.7.1.4. Verb roots with two eonsonants. Many Amharic roots have only two
consonants, many. of which had originally three-consonants, one of which was lost often
leaving its trace as a vowel characteristic. Often this is apparent in the comparison of
Amharic and Ge'ez roots. For example, Amharic lak 'send' is Ge'ez l?k; Amharic bla
'eat' is Ge'ez blf; and Amharic. Ira 'fear' is Ge'ez frh. (Such facts do not show that
Ge'ez is the ancestor language of Amharic, but only that Ge'ez writing is known from an
earlier time; see 1.3.3.) In most cases, the lost consonant was a laryngeal or pharyngeal
consonant (h, f. h, .?), which left the vowel a as its trace. Examples in Table 3.6 are sma,
lka, and sam. For more examples, see Appendix 6.
In some cases the lost consonant was a w or y, which left a round and front vowel,
respectively, as its trace. Examples in Table 3.6 are qom and hed. For more examples, see
Appendix6.
Roots which lost their final consonant form their converb and infinitive stems by
addition-oft in place of the lost consonant. For example, the converb stems of qr and sma
are q~r-t and s~m-t and the infinitives are m~-qm-t and m;rsma-t (see Table 3.6). For
more examples, see Appendix 6.
3.7.1.5. Verb roots with initial.a. Roots with initial a are in many cases known to
have lost their initial consonant. Thus the Amharic root alfappears in Ge'ez as xlf'pass'
and the Amharic root awq in Ge'ez is fwq 'know'. The lost consonants were those which
left their trace as the vowel a. Table 3. 7 compares the verbs of a-initial roots
corresponding to the first, second, third and eleventh types of Table 3.6. The past,
nonpast, and converb examples of the table have Sg.3m. subject affixes -~. y-, and -o,
respectively, and the imperative is a Sg.2m. form .
.--------------------------------------.
Table 3.7. Verb roots with initial a
54
3.7.2. Four ba.sie verb conjugations. There are four basic verb conjugations in
Amharic (roughly, 'tenses'): past, nonpast, jussive I imperative, and converb. These differ
in meaning, in form according to their pattern of formation of stems, and they differ in
the subject prefixes and suffixes they select in the formation of words. (The infinitive,
also seen in Tables 3.6 and 3.7, is a noun, but may take the noun~possessive suffixes as
its subject; see 3.7.3.)
3.7.2.1. Past. The past consists of a special stem plus subject suffixes. Table 3.8
exemplifies past forms of the roots ngr 'tell' and bla 'eat'.
------- . . _-1
Table 3.8. Past
Sin tilar
I 1 _..Ia! 'I told' r~/o:bo 'I ate.::-
2 f
.m In;,g~r~!'._ .. _
n:Jgg:Jr~l
1/la.~l!
b:Jlla~l
-- 1-------... - - - - - - - 1
pol 1 n:Jgg:Jr~u 1/l~u
~--~-~--r-
. 3 -~--- i-l}:Jgg:Jr-:J
----. -----------
--.. -. .l ...~:'!f.!!__ ____ _
~or l;;~:fi---=~~L~~~~~~-=-- _
Plural
~ .:=J~E~-~~-r~~
1. Polite fonns =Pl.3 form.
2. Pl.l suffix of Gojjam and Gonder dialects is -n:J.
For the past-tense fonn of the twelve root types in Amharic writing see Appendix 7.
The past conjugation isoften termed 'perfect', because it expresses a 'perfected'
event, action, or .state, with the result that meaning of the past conjugation differs in
ACTIVE and STATIVE verbs. Active verbs are such as 'take' and 'fall', and stative verbs
are such as 'be(come) sick' or 'tire, be(come) tired'. Stative verbs in English are often
expressed, as in these examples, as be(come) + adjective or past participle. (Tired in
become tired is a past participle, like known, eaten, etc.) A perfected action is past, but a
perfected state may be past and/or (still) present.
The two examples of Table 3.8 are active verbs, so Sg.3m. n:Jgg~:J is 'he told' and
Sg.3m. b:Jlla 'he ate'. The past form of a stative verb like rzm 'be tall', T:Jzz:Jm:J, may,
however, mean either 'he was tall' or 'he is tall'. Stative verbs may also be understood to
express 'becoming,' or INCHOATIVE meaning, so T:JZZ:Jm:J means 'it became tall' (which
is past tense), which implies both 'he was tall' and 'he (still) is tall'.
55
The vowel u of the Sg.l 'I' subject suffix (-ku and -hu of Table 3.8) is voiceless when
no suffix follows it in the word (2.2.5), so that -ku I -hu is sometimes written -lt" I -h".
The Pl.2 suffix -accihu sounds like -a~uh. .
The Sg.l and Sg.2m. suffixes are either k or h. The former is used if the verb stem
ends in a consonant, as does nggggr-, with Sg.l suffix -ku and Sg.2m. -k. If the verb stem
ends in a vowel, as does 00/la-, these suffiXes are -hu and -h. In the dialect of Menz only
the latter is regularly heard, even when the stem ends in a consonant. In Amharic writing
h may be written when k is pronounced, but not k when h is pronounced.
Past stems of verbs of the types of qr and ly: (Table 3.6) end in :l, which is apparent
in their Pl.l fonn, which have the suffix -n, for example qgrr:m 'we .remained'. The g
before n contrasts with the i (epenthetic i; 2.2.3) of verbs which end in a consonant, as in
m~gggrin 'we told', with the consonant-fmal stem nggg:ll'. Thus also the Sg.l past of
q:Jrr::J is q::Jrr::J-hu 'I remained', in which -hu is necessitated by the stem-final vowel;
compare -leu which follows a stem-final consonant of n:Jgg:Jr in nggggr-ku 'I told'.
By regular vowel elisions (2.2.2), stem-final a or ::J is absent when -u of a suffix
follows, so 001/a-u > b:J/1-u 'they ate' and q:Jrr::J-u > qarr-u 'they remained'. Similarly a-
a > a and ::J-a > a, so b::Jlla-accihu > ir.Jlla~~ihu 'you (pl.) ate' and q:Jrr::J-ac~ihu > qgrr-
a~~ihu.
Negative past. The negative verb in the past is formed by prefixing al- and, in main
verbs, suffixing -mm. See Table 3.9, which shows negative verbs for the nonpast and
jussive I imperative as well as the past. Length in the suffix -mm of negative verbs is not
prominent, especially when, as often the case, the negative verb is final in an utterance.
For the negative verbs of the past, nonpast, and jussive in Amharic writing, see
Appendix 8.
If there is an object suffix pronoun, this follows the subject suffix and precedes the
negative suffix -mm, for example:
al-n::Jgg::Jr-::J-h-imm
Neg-told-he-you (Sg.m)-Neg
'he didn't tell you (Sg.m)'
56
,--- -.
.
r -~ol t:{:~::~:~~~!~~2---
3 a-t(ti}-n:;1gr{-imm) a-tti-ngar
a-y-nagr-u(-mm) a-y-ngar-u
Plural
al-nogg:r-n(-imm) a-n(ni)-nagr(-imm) a-nni-ng:Jr
2_ --- al-n~ar-a~~ihu(-mm) a-t(ti)-nagr-u(-mm) a-tti-ngar-u I
3 al-n~ar-u(-mm) a-y-nagr-u(-mm) a-y-ngar-u
.. - --- ---
1. Second-person forms are imperative in meaning; see 3.7.2.3.
2. Suffix -mm is absent in negative verbs of minor clauses.
Main verb non past. In main verbs (those of main clauses) the nonpast is suffixed by
an AUXILIARY verb which is nonpast forins of the verb of presence (3.7.5). See
examples in Table 3.10.
The suffixed auxiliary verb begins with a so the usual vowel elisions apply (2.2.2).
The Sg.pol. and Pl.2/3 suffix -u is absent on the stem when the auxiliary verbs -allaccihu
and -allu (which also end in u) are suffixed. Long I of the Sg.3m. ('he, it') auxiliary
suffix -all is.not prominent, especiaJiy when, as often the case, it is sentence-final.
Object-suffix pronouns (Table 3.1) follow the stem and precede the suffixed auxi-
liary. In this case, the u suffix of a Sg.pol. or P1.3 subject is present on the stem and not
the auxiliary, as in the 5th example below. The u suffix of a Pl.2 subject is present on
both the stem and the auxiliary verb, as in the 6th example below:
57
Negative nonpast. See forms of the negative nonpast in Table 3.9, above; Negative
nonpast verbs are prefixed by a- and in main verbs suffixed by -mm, for example b-a-y-
nagir 'if he doesn't tell', main verb a-y-nagr-imm 'he won't tell'. The Sg.l 'I' prefix of
nonpast affirmative verbs is i- but in nonpast negative verbs this is /-: a-l-00/a-mm 'I
won,t eat'; compare i-00/a 'I eat'. The Sg/Pl.2and Sg.3f subject prefix t-is often length-
ened after negative a-: thus a-tli-nagir-immyou (Sg.m) don't tell' I 'she doesn't tell', or
a-t-nggir-imm.
58
3.7.2.3. Jussive and imperative. The jussive expresses requests and wishes, and the
imperative expresses co~ands, for example:
Jussives Imperatives
li-hid 'Let me go.' hid '(You, Sg.2m) Go!'
li-hid? 'Shall I go?' hid-u '(You, Pl.2) Go!'
yi-kfal 'Let him pay.' kf:Jl '(You, Sg.2m) Pay!'
ti-kf:i 'Let her pay.' kif:JY-i '(You, Sg.2t) Pay!'
r
Table 3.11. Jussive and lmpcrati~~----- .. .. . -~
I
I
!
!'-- i
L- Ju~ive I Im~ve L lussive I !~live I
I ~J~gul~r~. li-ng:Jr
.
... . ' ..
1 li-bla
1
L- __ 'le!_~~J.~ll' J
.:__________ 'let me eat'_ :_ ____
; m , yt-ng:Jr . -- yt-bla --
1 1 ~fiij
inni-ng:Jr
12 __ !_:-
=t--------- -~-~
-- .. __innj-bla __
1 ni~r-u ---- .::...._ ______ bil-u
--- ______ .... I
l~=-J. .:Y!!p:Jr-u .J.~- -- yi-bl-u _ _ ::____ . __
1. Sg.2pol. imperative = Pl.3 jussive I Sg.3pol. jussive
For the jussive I imperative stems of verbs of the 12 types see Table 3.6, and for the
jussive and imperative in Amharic writing, see Appendix 10.
The imperatives are jussives without the second-person subject prefix t-. The preferred
Sg.2 polite imperative is the Pl.3 jussive; less polite is the Pl.2 imperative, sometimes
heard. Lacking a subject prefix, the imperative of a three-consonant root such as ngr 'tell'
requires epenthetic i (2.2.3) to separate the word-initial consonants; compare jussive yi-
ngar'Let him tell' with Sg.2m. imperative nig:Jr'Telll'
The subject prefixes y-, t-, and inn- of the jussive are also those of the nonpast. The
jussive Sg.l prefix, however, is 1- vs. nonpast i-; 1- is also the Sg.l prefix of the negative
nonpast (3.7.2.2). The Sg.2f. suffix -i of the imperative causes the usual palatalizations
(2.1.6), as in biy(-i)'Eat!' (Sg2.t) of Table 3.11. Other examples are wis:Jj(-i) 'Take!'
(Sg.2f) (root wsd) and mallis(-1) 'Answer I Return!' (vt) (Sg.2f) (B-type root ml:s).
59
An interesting characteristic of Amharic and some other Afroasiatic languages is a
completely irregular (suppletive) imperative of the verb 'come'. The root for 'come' is
mt'a (as in m-;Xt'a 'he came', yi-m:Jt'-a 'he comes'), but the affnmative imperatives are
na 'Come!' (Sg.2m), n:1y (Sg.2f), and nu (Pl.2). The negative imperatives, however, are
regular forms of the root atti-mt'a 'Don't come!' (Sg.2m), atti-mt'u 'Don't come!'
(Pl.2).
Negative jussive and imperative. The negative jussive and negative imperative have
the negative prefix a- of the. negative nonpast (Table 3.9), as seen in Table 3.12. After
negative a-, subject prefixes t- and n- are long in A-type verbs (-tt- and -nn- as shown in
Table 3.12), but may be short in B-type verbs, which have a long consonant in the st~m,
as in at(ti)-j:Jmmir 'Don't start!' (Sg.2m) and an(ni)-]~mmir 'Let's not start'.
,r-~-~1~=~~~~~=-.t~:;~~~=
1. As questions, 'Shall I not tell?' and 'Shall I no~ eat?'
2. Sg.Zpol. imperative = Pl.3 jussive I Sg.3pol. jussive
F~r the negative jussive and imperative in Amharic writing see Appendix 8.
60
final a such as bla 'eat' (see others Table 3.6), I replaces final a (which, like other stem-
final coronal consonants, is palatalized and long in the Sg.1 form, CC).
2 T-- ~ --~:::zf- I
I
pol nagr-:Jw-all bmt-:Jw-all
m nagr-o-all.~. bmt-o-aJJ.~.
3 -r-- ------- n:Jgr-all~
..........
hmt-aJJg~
-- -
61
for example loos-:;,w 'they putting on' (or 'they having put on') and kgfl-oo 'we, paying'
(or 'we having paid') in the following sentences.
In the Sg.l converb, with suffix -e, there is lengthening of the stem-final. consonant
(preceded by epenthetic t): thus n~girr-e 'I, telling' and baliCO-e 'I, eating' in Table 3.13.
Converb Sg.t suffix -e is one of those which palatalizes stem-fmal alveolars other than r
(2.1.6), as in b:JiiM--e, and w:JSijJ-e 'I, taking', with JJ from palatalization+ lengthening
of d of the root wsd. The converb stem is the same as the nonpast stem in roots of the ngr
andjl:gtypes, but these differ in other types (see Table 3.6).
The minor-verb converb followed by the auxiliary verb noob~ expresses the 'past
perfect' tense, for which see 3.7.7.1.
In the. dialect of Gojjam, the minor-verb converb functions as a main verb and an
approximate equivalent of the past.
Main verb converb. Like the nonpast, the converb as a main verb combines with an
auxiliary-verb suffix based on the verb of presence (3.7.5). The resulting main-verb
converb expresses approximately a 'present perfect', a past event with still-present
effects. See forms ofthe main-verb converb in Table 3.13.
As in the main-verb nonpast, an object suffix of the main-verb converb appears
between the subject suffix and the auxiliary verb (MV), as in the following examples.
k:('ICc-e-ae&lw-all~-hu
opening-!.;them-MY-Sg.l
'I have opened them.'
wavd-a-w-ali~-Cc
taking-she-itlhim-MV-Sg.3f.
'She has taken it/him.'
g~bt-o-ifif-all
entering-it-me-MV
'I understand.'
62
The verb of the preceding sentence exemplifies the Amharic idiom for 'understand',
employing the verb gba 'enter'. (As with English understand(= 'stand under'), speakers
rarely analyze idioms into their historical meanings.)
3.7.3. Infinitive. The infinitive is a verbal noun. The Amharic infinitive consists of a
special stem prefixed by m:r, for example m:rngm- 'to tell', m;J-zf~ 'to sing', and m;J-
hed 'to go'. Three example sentences are:
Where the infinitive expresses a purpose or intent, as in the third example sentence
above, it may be prefixed by l:r 'for': /;J-m;J-hed '(for) to go', /;J-m;J{:il:Jg '(for) to
seek'. The infinitive may be suffixed by a possessive pronoun as subject of its verb: m;J-
ngar-wa 'her telling', m:rhed-ac."Cin 'our going'. See other examples of the infinitive in
Table 3.6.
Before stem-initial a, ;J of the infinitive prefix m:r is absent by regular vowel elision
(2.2.2): m-ad;;,r 'to spend the night', m-ay;;,t 'to see'.
A negative infinitive is prefixed by a/;J-: al:rm;;,-ng;;,r 'not to tell', m;J-nor w;;,ym a[;J-
ma-nor 'to be or not to be'.
,.-------------------------------
Table 3.14. Verb of being
---- - --r--Pi-ese.rt____ -r---"PaSt-----r--------- -F'uiUie__ _
~$~~~=~~=-~-~~--- ~:=--
1 na-iiii 'I am'
. ------ -i-hon-all;;,hu
n;;,bb;;,r-ku 'I was'
_---------
'I will be'
---- 01 -naT----- nabbgr:r~---- ti-hon-aJI:1h --..- . -.
2 -r- -li:}-i_____ -n-;b6;r-:- -i:i~iioii-i-aJJ;;,
-- - ----------- ...... ------- ' ... - ---r-:--------- .
---
3 f
~1~~ ~~:-~0~-=~--=- ::::~~~:~=~~-:-~:
n;;,-CC, n-at . n;;,blx>r-xc
_ . :~~Ziin-:!jt~:-
ti-hon-all;;,cc
- - - - ------1.. i
pol n-ac~w nabbar-u y~hon-allu ;
63
For the affirmative verb of being in Amharic writing, see Appendix 12.
Because it is constructed with object suffixes, which (unlike the subject suffixes of the
past) differ in Sg.2pol. and Sg.3pol./Pl.3, in the present-tense verb of being these forms
are different: n;;,-wot 'you (Sg.pol) are' and n-acc;;,w 'she/he (pol) is' I 'they are'.
The present-tense verb of being occurs only as a main verb.
In the past, the verb of being is a regular formation ofthe root nbr, as in n;;,bb~r-ku 'I
was (present)' (Table 3.14). In the future, the verb of being is expressed with root hon
'be, become', as inyi-hon-all 'he will be' (Table 3.14).
For 'being present' or 'being in a place', there is a different 'verb of presence' (3. 7 .5)
in the present and future tenses.
Negative verb of being. The negative present of the verb of being has the negative
prefix ay- on the special stem d~ll:r (doll:r in the Gojjam dialect) with subject suffixes
of the past (3.7.2.1), plus the usual negative suffix -mm, for example ay-d~llf>-hu-mm 'I
am not'. See forms of the negative present-tense verb of being in Table 3.17.
The negative past and negative future of the verb of being are regular negatives of the
roots nbr and hon, respectively, for example al-n~bb~r-ku-mm 'l was not (present)', and
a-1-hon-imm 'I will not be'. For the negative verb of being in Amharic writing see
Appendix lSA/B.
64
For the affirmative verb of presence in Amharic writing, see Appendix 13.
In the past, the verb of presence is a regular formation of the root nbr 'be' as in
nabb::x-ku 'I was (present)'. Thus the verb of being and the verb of presence are the same
in the past. (The root nbr has no nonpast forms because in nonpast contexts it evolved
into a different root, nor < nabr.) For the verb of presence in the past, see Table 3.1 S.
In the future,. the verb of presence is expressed with the verb nor 'be (present}, live,
reside', as inyf..nor-all'he/it will be (present)' (Table 3.15). (The verb ofbeing employs
a different stem, hon 'be, become', as in yi-hon-all 'he will be'. For the verb of presence
in the future, see Table 3.15.
When a sentence has locative words and phrases, presence may be expressed by either
the verb of presence or verb of being, as in izzih nDlW I izzih all;1 'he/it is here', izziya
yihonal I izziya yi-nor-all'helit will be there'.
The verb t;rg;Jifif;J 'he was present, he/it was found' may also be used to express being
present, as in izzya t;J-g;Jni[;J 'he/it was (present) there', izzih yigg;J.ififai 'he/it will be
here'. {For verbs with the prefix t;r see 3. 7.8.2.)
Negative verb of presence. The negative present-tense verb of presence has the
special stem y;Jl/;r with subject suffixes of the past, plus the usual negative suffix -mm,
for exampley;J/l;rmm 'he is not present'. See fonns ofthe negative present-tense verb of
presence in Table 3.17.
The negative past and negative future of the verb of presence are regular negatives of
the roots nbr and nor, respectively, for example al-noob;Jr-ku-mm 'I was not (present)',
and a-1-nor-imm 'I will not be present'. 'For the negative verb of presence in Amharic
writing see Appendix 15A/B.
For the affirmative verb of having in Amharic writing, see Appendix 14A/B.
65
-- - --- --
~-
1 al1~-n 1 all~cc-in a/Iu-n
-
2 all-accihu all~cc-accihu air-accihrf
3 aJl-aCC;JW all~cc-acc~w -air-acc~v;--- .
------- ---
1. In Gojjam and Gonder dialects the Pl.l suffix is -na.
2. air-a < allu-a (2.2.4)
66
For the negative verbs of being, presence, and having in Amharic writing, see
Appendix 1SA/B.
The negative verb of having has a special stem in the adjective clause (4. 7), lel:J, for
example y:!J-lel:J-M g:mz~ 'money which I don't have'.
3.7.7. Other tenses and moods. Progressive and other moods and aspects of verbs are
expressed with various of the above simple conjugations past, nonpast, converb, and
infinitive, combined with auxiliary verbs. Seven of these are past perfect, obligation,
habitual past, conditional perfect, progressive, imminence, and intention.
3.7.7.1. Past perfect. The minor-verb converb followed by the auxiliary verb n:!Jbb;}f'
expresses a 'past perfect' tense, an event in the past prior to another at which latter time
the significance of the prior event was still relevant or significant, for example:
b;J/t-:Jn
eating-we it.was
'We had eaten (when something happened).'
3.7. 7.2. Obligation ('must, have to'). Obligation or necessity is expressed by the verb
of presence aii:J (past nbr, future nor) with the suffix preposition -bb- 'on, upon', plus an
object pronoun suffix expressing the one obligated, as in all:r.bb-gt 'he has to', a/l:r.bb-ih
'you (Sg.m) have to', nQ/Jbgr:J-bb-:Jiln 'I had to'. The Sg.3m. 'him' object suffix,
ordinarily -w, is -gt with the suffixed prepositions -bb- and -J/- (see 3.3). Ordinarily the
particular obligation is the subject of the sentence expressed as an infinitive, for example
mghed 'to go' in the first example below. Three sentences expressing obligation are:
Marta tolo hospital mghed all:r.bb-at 'Marta has to go to the hospital quickly.'
m:Jblat y;J/l:r.bb-iS.imm 'You (Sg.f) don't have to eat.'
m:Rnokgr n:Jbb:Jr:r.bb-a~~ihu 'You (Pl.2) had to try.'
3.7.7.5. Progressive aspeet is expressed by the past prefixed by zyy:r. plus the verb of
being no;~-w in the nonpast and noob;}f' in the past: iyy:r.f:Jll:Jg:;J-w n:JW 'he is looking for
67
it'. The be verb may be constant 'Sg.3m. as n:1W I n;}/}b:-~, or may agree with the subject:
izziya iyy~sfJ17'a-~~ n~b:Jr 'she was working there' or izziya iyy~st~rra-~~ nabb:Jr-~
3.7.8. Derived verbs. Amharic derives verbs with causative, passive, reflexive and
other meanings by addition of prefixes to basic verbs.
3.7.8.1. Causative. The causative of a verb is derived by prefixing a- or as- to the verb
stem, for example, from m~ttb 'he came', a-m~ttb 'he brought (caused to come, made
come)', and fTom ay,.JO 'he saw', as-ayy~ 'he showed (made see)'. In most cases a-
combines with intransitive verbs such as 'come' and as- combines with transitives such
as 'see'. For examples of a- and as-causative verbs of the twelve types, see Table 3.18.
There are, however, a number of exceptions to the association of intransitive with a-.
and transitive with as-. One of these concerns verbs with initial a, which always have
causatives in as-. From arr~f~ 'he rested' (vi), for example, the causative is as-arr~~ 'he
made to rest', and from addag~ 'he grew (up)' (vi), as-add:Jg~ 'he raised, brought up'.
In English, a verb may often be both transitive and intransitive; for example boil: the
water boiled I someone boiled the water; and break: the chair broke I someone broke the
chair. However, Amharic f:}[la 'boiled' is intransitive, and transitive 'boil' is the
causative a-f:}//a 'he boiled (something)'. Amharic sabb:Jr~ 'broke' is transitive, with the
causative as-~bt~r~ 'he made someone break (something)'.
Exceptions to the generalization that intransitive verbs have causatives in a- concern
verbs like cbjf~ro 'he danced', and saq:} 'he laughed', which are transitive only in the
sense of having, potentially, a so-called 'cognate object': 'dance a dance', 'laugh a
laugh'. These have causatives in as-: as-~':J.ff~ro 'he made dance' and as-saqa 'he made
laugh'. Other examples are asfokk~ro 'he made boast' and as-q~ll~da 'he made (tell a)
joke'.
Exceptions to the generalization that transitive verbs have causatives in as- concern
verbs which may be said generally to involve benefit to the self, for example b:}[la 'he
ate' and t':Jttb 'he drank', which are transitive but have causatives in a-: a-b:}[la 'he fed';
a-t':Jttu 'he caused to drink'. Other examples of this type are a-w:-ras~ 'he bequeathed
(caused to inherit)' and a-q:mz,m:}sa 'he made taste'.
Some verbs have both a- and as- causatives, in which case the as-causative has two
objects, one ofwhich is the causee. An example is matt'a 'he came', with causatives a-
m:t'a 'he brought' (literally 'caused something to come', therefore 'brought') and as-
m:Jtt'a 'he caused someone to bring something'. Either or both objects of such a
causative verb (for as"-m~tt 'a the causee-bringer and the thing brought) may be definite
and have the definite object suffix -n (3.2.6), thus:
68
Table 3.18. A- and as-~ausatives of verbs of 12 types (Sg.3m. forms)
. ____,____________ --'-:=--'".;,__-:-:-----,---------------1
a-Causatives
Past Non...P!_st Jussive Converb Infmitive Causative of
a-d:ildc~m-:!l y-a-cf.Jkm y-a-dkim a-dkim-o m-a-dk~m 'be tired'
69
ganzab-u-n yohannis-in as-matt'a-hu
money-the-DO Yohannes-00 Caus-came-1
~I had Yohannes bring the money.'
As in some examples of Table 3.18, causative verbs may take on meanings which
diverge from that of their source verb, for example a-gabba 'he married' (gabba 'he
entered'), and as-fallaga 'it was/is necessary' (f~Jlaga 'he wanted').
The stem of a causative verb is in most cases like that of the source verb, as seen in the
comparison of stems in Tables 3.6 and 3.18, but there are exceptions. In one exception,
the as-causative of A-type verbs are B-types, having the B-type characteristic of a long
consonant in all stems (3.7.1.2). Thus for yi-sabr 'he breaks' (A-type root sbr), the
causative isy-as-sQ/)bir 'he causes to break', with long b.
The as-causatives of verbs of the type of sama 'he kissed' have a special imperative-
jussive stem. Thus for root lka 'send' the imperative is lak 'Send!' (Sg.2m), but the
imperative ofthe as-causative is as-lik 'Make (someone) send!'
3.7.8.2. Passive I reflexive. Prefixing t(a)- to a verb derives its passive or sometimes
reflexive. See Table 3.19 for the past, nonpast, imperative, converb, and infinitive forms
of passive I reflexive verbs ofthe twelve types of Table 3.6. Passive I reflexive verbs may
also express a habitual and impersonal meaning, expressed in English as 'one does'.
After subject prefixes of the nonpast and after infinitive prefix ma-, the passive I
reflexive prefix is 1- not ta-, and this fully assimilates to the first consonant of the verb
stem, which thus appears as a long consonant: yi-t-naggar > yinngggar 'he will be told'
and ma-t-kafal > m:ckafal 'to be paid'.
If the verb stem begins with a, th~ passive/reflexive prefix t- is lengthened in the
nonpast, jussive, and infinitive: y-t-amman > yittamman 'it is believed', ma-t-alaf >
matta/af'to be passed'. This lengthening oft bas the result that initial-a verbs follow the
pattern of verbs with initial consonants, in which also the consonant after the subject
prefix is lengthened, by assimilation of the prefix t-.
Some intransitive verbs appear to have passives, for example ta-fgl/a 'it was boiled'
(f~lla 'it boiled' (vi)), and ta-kabbara 'he was praised, honored' (kabbgra 'he was
honored' (vi)), but these may be thought of as passives of the causative of the basic
verbs: a-falla 'he boiled' (vt) and a-kabbara 'he honored' (vt). Intransitives may also
take ta- to express the habitual impersonal meaning, for example ta-matt'a 'one
70
(regularly) comes' (m:Ht'a 'he came'), t:J-taififa 'one (regularly) sleeps (in some place I
time I manner)'.
Some verbs with Ia- have reflexive meanings in addition to or instead of passive
meaning. These are verbs the meanings of which lend themselves to such interpretation,
such as 'wash' and 'shave': t-att':1 'he washed (himself)' and ta-lac':1 'he shaved
(himself)'. A verb like ta-mQllrua 'he returned' (vi) may be understood as intransitive
and reflexive 'he returned (himself)' (vi) or passive 'he I it was returned' depending on
its context of use.
The stems of passive I reflexive verbs are diff~rent from those of their basic, source
verbs. There are three generalizations: (1) passive I reflexive nonpast stems of A-type
verbs (the fll'St, third, and fifth rows of Table 3.19) have consonant lengthening and are
thus like B-types; (2) the passive I reflexive stems of jussive I imperatives and infinitives
ofB-type verbs (the second, fourth and sixth rows of Table 3.19) lose B-type consonant
lengthening and are like A-types; and (3) passive I reflexive nonpast stems have a
between the last two of three consonants in contrast with basic stems, which have either
no vowel here or epenthetic i.
3.7.8.3. Reciprocal A 'reciprocal' verb, with the idea of 'to one another', is derived
by prefixing t(a)- and providing the stem vowel a after the first root consonant, for
example ta-nagg:"U 'they spoke tO one another, conversed' (basic"nagg~a 'he told'), ta-
71
mattu 'they hit each other' ('m:Jtta 'he hit'), and t;J-makk:Jru 'they consulted (advised one
another)' (m:ic/cfJT;J 'he advised'). The subject of a reciprocal verb is necessarily plural.
Some reciprocal verbs are formed with a after a root-internal consonant plus repetition
of the following consonant, for example /;J-n~ggfJTU 'the conversed, spoke to one
another' (ngr 'tell), and ta-m:Jkakkaru 'they consulted, advised one another' (mkr 'ad-
vise'). There is also reciprocal ta-malck3u 'they consulted'; the Pl.3 verb t:J-naggaru,
however, is not reciprocal, but 'they spoke', not necessarily with one another; cf. ta-
nag~r.Jm 'he spoke'.
The causative of a reciprocal verb is formed with~- (not as-), and t- of the reciprocal
(=passive I reflexive) prefix is fully assimilated to a stem-initial consonant, for example
annagg:Jra 'he caused to converse' < a-1-nagg:Jr;J, and amma/ckgra 'he caused to consult
< a-1-ma/ck:;va.
3. 7.8.4. Adjutative ('help to'). The causative of a reciprocal also expresses the idea
of 'help to do', termed 'adjutative', for example affallaga 'he helped to seek' (basic
f:il:~ga 'he sought, wanted'), and awwall~acc 'she acted as midwife, helped to give
birth' (w:ihxia~c 'she gave birth'). The subject of adjutative verbs may be singular
versus the necessarily plural subject of a reciprocal verb.
72
The repetitive infinitives ofthe verbs of Table 3.20 are respectively m:rk:;)fafol, m:r
[:;)/alog, m:rr:JC'a(!g..t, m:rloyay:rt, m:rbalala-t, mo-l:Jkaka-t, m:rsasam, and mo-
f:Jn:Jqaq:Jl
Many repetitive verbs have taken on intensive, distributed, and/or attenuated or
prolonged meanings, including intensive s:Jbabboro 'he smashed I shattered' (basic
sobboro 'he broke'), distributed b:Jtatt:Jn:;) 'he scattered here and there' (b:Jtt:Jn:J 'he
scattered'), and attenuated dararr~'U 'they arrived persistently I gradually' (darr:JS:J 'he
arrived').
3.7.8.6. Verbs derived from nouns. Verbs are sometimes derived from nouns by
taking just the consonants of the noun and treating these as a root Verbs from such a root
are termed 'denominal'. Denominal history is rarely certain, but probable examples
include morrgz:J 'he poisoned' from marz 'poison' (n), t:Jrr:JI:J 'he told a story' from
tor:X 'story', and w;xld:JS:J 'he praised' from widdase 'praise, glorification'. Denominal
verbs are typically B-types, like the three just-listed examples. (Nouns derived from verbs
- deverbal nouns (3.2.8)- include the infinitive, instrument, and agent.)
3.7.8.7. Defective verbs. Some verbs exist only in derived-verb form, and are termed
'defective' in the sense that there exists no basic verb from which they derive. For
example, there is a-dorrogo 'he did' and t:rdarrog:J 'it was done' but there is no basic
verb dorrogo; and there is as-qommot'o 'he put, placed' and to-qommot'o 'he was seated,
seated himself' but there is no qgmm:Jt'o. See examples in Table 3.21, in which asterisks
mark the hypothetical citation forms of defective verbs.
An archaic prefix -n-, always preceded by a- or t- appears in some defective verbs,
especially those with four root consonants and those with repeated consonants. Some
examples are t:rn-barg/c/coko 'he knelt', a-n-s':Jbarrgqo 'it glittered', t:rn-t':i:Xt':Jlg 'it
hung, was suspended', and t:rn-t 'obatt 'obo 'it dripped'.
73
--
'
Table 3.21. Ten defective verbs
Verbs expressing sounds are often of this type: for example bwa ai:J 'it crackled' (of
fire), qwa qwa al:J 'there was a knock', and me al:J 'it (a goat) bleated'.
Some derived verbs expressing attenuated meaning are formed as 'say' verbs, with the
stem of the basis having the vowel :J, a short second consonant, and a long third, for
example:
'Say' verbs expressing intensity or completeness are derived from other verbs as in the
following examples. The stem has the vowel i and both the second and third consonants
are long:
74
The verb 'say' is irregular in form, not following the pattern of any other verb. See
Table 3.23. In Ge'ez the root is bhl, but in Amharic the h was completely lost, leaving its
trace as the vowel a, and the b is preserved only in the jussive I imperative (bal) and
converb stems (biT). The infinitive is malfJt, with the t that ordinarily appears for a lost
root-final consonant (3.7.1.4).
bil-o __
3 if al:r~~ ti-l ti-b~ -- hil-a
- - ..... ---
1 pol al-u yi-1-u yi-bfJI-u -- bilg-w
----"------ ...
~1~1 t~~~~;;;~j~~ ~
1. The Sg.2pol. imperative= Pl.3 jussive I Sg.3pol. jussive
For forms of the verb 'say' in Amharic writing, see Appendix 16.
3.7.11. 'Do' verbs. While the 'say' verbs are intransitives, a similar idiom for
transitives employs the root a-drg 'do', as in:
libb ad:Tagg 'he paid attention' (often in the imperative libb adirg 'Pay attention!')
dil adgrrggg 'he won, defeated' (cf. dil hong 'he lost, was defeated')
Causatives of intransitive 'say' verbs are of this type, replacing a/g with ad:Jrrag::J, for
example biqq adf11Tgg::J 'he caused to appear' (biqq al::J 'he appeared'), quct' adgrrggg
"he seated, caused to sit', kgfgtt ad:Jrrggg 'he opened (something) gradually', and sg/cgrr
ad:"r::Jgg 'it made somewhat drunk'.
75
.
Table 3.24. Past, nonpast, and converb of impersonal
verb 'be hungry'
Past --
Non,East I Converb
Singular
1 rab~ifrP yi-rib-~iin-a/1" ribo-iJJI-all "'
m rab~h yi-rib-ih-a/1 ribo-h-a/1
2 f rab~i yi-rib-ii-all ribo-!-all
pol rab~-woltJ yi-rib-~ot-all ribo-wot-all
m rab~w yi-rib-~-al1 ribo-t-all
3 f rab-at yi-rib-at-all ribo-at-all"
---------
Jpol rab-a~c~w
~:---
yi-rib.;.acc:1w-all ribo-a~c.~ w-::azrs--
Pftiral .. -------,----;---. . ... -~"-
I
1 rab~n yi-rib-gn-al/ ribo-n-all
-
2 rab-aihu yi-rih-accihu-all " ribo-accihu-all "
3 rab-acC:1w yi-rib-acc~w-all ribo-acc:1w-all "
'---- ----
1. 'I am hungry.'
2. 'I will be I am habitually hungry.'
3. 'I am hungry, I have become hungry.'
4. The Sg.3m object suffix pronoun is -t after o and u (3.1).
5. bo-a may yield bwa, and hu-a hwa (2.1. 7).
For the impersonal verb 'be hungry' and a list of ten impersonal verbs in Amharic
writing, see Appendix 17.
Impersonal verbs often concern an internal state, and a personal object affected by an
impersonal subject, for example 'I am hungry' = 'something makes me hungry'. The
impersonal subject may be expressed in some cases, for example 'water' in wiha I ':mrma-
w 'he is thirsty for water'. There may be a 'cognate subject' as in rab rab-~ifif, lit
'hunger hungers me', and sometimes an nonpersonal object as in hod-e-n amm:nnfl-ilil 'it
sickens my stomach, I am sick at my stomach'. Other impersonal verbs are 'be cold' as in
b9rr~:1-ifif, 'I'm cold', and 'be tired' as in d:ick:mr-at 'she got tired, was tired'. The
latter also exists as a 'personal' verb: dflkk~m-gcC. The impersonal form may mean 'feel
tired vs. personal form 'be I get tired .
Impersonal verbs are stative in meaning, so the verb in past form may express the
present, and the nonpast tends to express habitual and future. However, the typical
expression of the present of an impersonal verb employs the main-verb converb
(3.7.2.4); thus 'I am hungry' and 'I am thirsty' are, respectively, rib-o-ifri-all and t'-clmt-
o-r'fiHzll.
76
4. Amharic Sentences
4.1. Sentence word order. In an Amharic sentence typically the subject is first and
the verb is last, as in the following:
4.1J. Verb last. A verb is last in its clause (with rare exceptions, as in 4.10), and the
verb of the main clause (the main verb) is last in th~ sentence, as in the following:
4.1.2. Subject and object order. Typically, the subject precedes a direct object, as in
the examples above: dog before bone, students before question, and women before water.
However, when the referent of the direct object is persistent in the discourse, thus old,
backgrounded, or topicalized information, or if the subject is new, foregrounded, or
focussed information, the direct object may precede the subject, and a RESUMPTIVE
PRONOUN, which repeats reference to the direct object, is suffixed to the verb, as in:
Resumptive pronouns in the above sentences are the verb suffixes -w 'it' (='this chair')
and -accaw 'them' (= 'the dogs'). A topicalized or ba.ckgrounded direct object is
typically definite and known to ~e hearer, and thus is suffixed by the Amharic definite
object suffix -n, as in the examples above.
77
4~1.3. Preverbal question words. Question words like Amharic man 'who?', m:Xe
'when?', y:JI 'where?', and indet 'how?' are typically new or foregrounded information,
so are ordered just before the verb, preceded by other words of the sentence, as in the
following questions:
4.1.4. Adverbs. Adverbs are typically new information and follow the subject, or are
after the direct object and before the verb.
78
well distinguished by word order: preceding and following the verb respectively. Thus a
simple sentence like 'The man chased the dog' can be ordered two ways in Amharic but
only one way in English.
4.2. Question particles. YES/No QUESTIONS, answerable by just yes or no, are to be
distinguished from INFORMATION QUESTIONS, which ask for information like what,
when, how, etc. In Amharic, yes/no questions may be marked (i) by rising intonation, as
in English: the pitch of the voice rises at the end of the sentence; (ii) by the sentence-final
question words w~ or inde; or (iii), in rather literary style, by the suffix -ni on the verb.
In the two latter cases, there may or may not be rising intonation also.
Use of inde instead of way suggests surprise or doubt: tihedallacc inde? 'Will she really
go?' But yes/no questions are typically marked just by intonation.
A one-word 'reprise' question may be marked by a suffix -ss:
4.3. Noun-phrase word order. As a verb is final in its sentence, so a noun is fmal in
its phrase:
t'iru mals
good answer
'a good answer'
79
k:rammist Si am;,t b~t y:rn:Jbb:1f'U y:rdingay mgsariya- wocc
from-five thousand years before which-were of-stone tools-PI
'stone tools from before five thousand years ago'
That is, noun modifiers precede their noun, with rare exception; hullu 'all' for example
may follow: hullu smv I Sc;JW hullu 'everybody'. (See 3.4 for the attachment of the plural,
defmitizing, and accusative suffixes to an adjective modifier.)
In a few noun phrases borrowed from Ge'ez or modelled on Ge'ez, this order is
reversed: bet-:J mgsah!ft 'library' (lit. 'house-of books'), s~-:J abiyot 'counter-revolu-
tionary' (lit. 'enemy-of revolution').
As in the second example above, the possessive prefix y:r is absent when preceded by
another prefix: k:rne 'from my' (not k~yg..ne; see 3.2.5).
However, if the modifier is an adjective clause (see 4.7) and the modified noun is
object of a preposition, the preposition is prefixed to the verb of the adjective clause,
even though this verb is necessarily preceded by all other words of its clause:
80
bet wist' gflbba-hu
house inside entered-!
'I entered the house.'
b:>-t':N:fJ'eza-w lay
on-table-the on
'on the table'
i-bet wist'
at-house inside
'in the house'
Other such pairs include (b~) ... lay 'on, upon', (ba-) ... wist' 'in, inside' {or {i-)... wist'),
k:>-... b~fit 'before', k:>-... b:>-h"ala 'after'. The preposition in parentheses may or may
not appear. The postpositions are nouns in origin, for example lay 'top, surface', wist'
'interior, inside', w~c 'exterior, outside', fit 'front, face', and h"ala 'back'. Three
example sentences are:
Some prepositions also function as prefixes subordinating the verbs of adverb clauses
(see 4.9).
4.5. Coordination ('and'}. Nouns and noun phrases may be coordinated by suffixing
-nna 'and' to the next-to-last noun:
bal-inna mist
husband-and wife
'husband and wife'
iwnat-inna wis:H
truth-and falsehood
'truth and falsehood'
81
Sentences as well as noun phrases may be coordinated with -nna, but only if the verb
to which -nna is suffixed is in past, imperative, or simple nonpast form, as in these
examples:
t:mass-u-nna w:Xt'-u
arose-they-and left-they
'They got up and (they) left.'
hid-irma iy
go-and see!
'(You, Sg.2m) Go and see!'
As in the latter example, a nonpast verb suffixed by -nna must be a simple nonpast,
lacking the auxiliary-verb suffix of the main-verb nonpast; yi-m:Jt'all-nna, for example,
cannot occur.
Nouns and clauses coordinated as alternatives have w~m or w~ss after the first
noun or clause; W'o/-SS is for questions. {For the question word Wli'J' see 4.2.)
Amharic does not often use -nna 'and' to coordinate clauses, as this purpose is more
often fulfilled by use of the minor-verb converb (3.7.2.4), the typical function of which
is to express all but the last of a sequence of verbs, for example t'mt'it-:JW and anbib-o in
the following sentences:
4.6. Contrast {'but'). 'But' clauses, or 'contrast clauses', are coordinated with gin
'but', n:Jg:11' gin 'however, but', or, in literary style, daru gin, which follow their clause:
82
qiddim izzih nabb:- ahun gin w:xi:J bet hetfY-all
earlier here was.he now but to house has.gone.he-MV
'He was here earlier, but now he has gone home.'
After inji there is a slight pause and fall of pitch, shown by a comma in the example.
The prefix y:r of adjective clauses is identical to that expressing the possessive of
nouns (3.2.5).
In old Amharic literatllre and in the Menz and Wello dialects, instead of y:rmm- the
adjecnve-clau8e prefix of nonpast verbs is imm-; in the Gojjam dialect and sometimes in
that of Menz and Wello it is just m-.
Like other noun modifiers, an adjective clause describing a definite direct object
carries the definiteness and defmite object suffixes (-w-n in the following example; 3.4).
83
ke~-wiCc' ag:Jr sile~-m:Jtt'a-w s:JW t':Jyy::Jq-in
from-outside country about-came.he-the person asked-we
'We asked about the person who came from abroad.'
The verb of having (3.7.6) has a special form in the negative adjective clause, -lel:J,
for example y:rlela-iiii ganzab 'money which I don't have'.
4.8. Noun clauses. As adjectives may function as nouns (3.4), so adjective clauses
may function as noun clauses -when there is no noun which the clause modifies.
As definite object of a verb, the verb of a noun clauses is suffixed by the definitizer -w
and the definite object suffix -n:
A noun clause expressing purpose has the nonpast verb prefixed by/- (usually 'for').
The subject of the noun clause and main clause are ordinarily the same. Such a clause is
typically expressed as an infinitive phrase in English ('to take them', in the following
example).
1-i-w:JSd-acc:JW a-1-:fallig-imm
for-I-take-them Neg-1-want-Neg
'I don't want to take them.'
Similar in meaning is a clause, of somewhat literary style, expressed with the simple
nonpast verb followed by the word zand 'that'. The subjects of the two clauses differ.
84
Another equivalent of an English 'that' -clause, whose subject may differ from that of
the main clause, employs inti- prefixed to a verb in the nonpast.
ind-in-m::Jt'a y!f~lig-all-u
that-we-come they.want-MV-they
'They want us to come.'
4.9. Adverb clauses. Adverb clauses, such as expressing time, cause, and condition,
employ a prefix, often also having prepositional function (3.3), on the verb of the clause.
The adverb clause must precede the verb of the main clause, for which sentence-final
position is reserved. (For the word-order position of adverbs see 4.1.4.) The tense of the
verb of an adverb clause is ordinarily determined by or depends upon the tense of the
main verb.
Verb prefixes of the basic adverb clauses of time, cause, and condition are s- 'when'
(t- in northern dialects other than Gonder}, ~::J-. 'while', sil::J- 'because' and b- 'if.
Prefixed only to nonpast verbs ares-, b-; prefixed only to past verb are sil::J- and fui::J-;
si/::1- + mm- is prefixed to nonpast verbs.
When ,clause. A sentence with a time clause whose verb is prefixed by s- 'when' is:
When it is prefixed to the verb 'say', in an apparent quotation clause, s- expresses the
immediate intent of the speaker:
i-w:N '-alJ::J;.hus-i-1
1-go.out-MV-I when-he-say
'when he is I was about to go out' (lit. 'when he says I will go out')
The stem of the verb 'say' in the example is simply -1-, the vowel of the stem il- being
absent after the subject prefix y-, which here (after a consonant) appears as i- (s-y-il > s-i-
il > s-i-l). (For forms of the irregular verb 'say' see 3.7.10.)
In the dialect ofMenz, the verb prefix of 'when' clauses is t- rather than s-.
While clause. The prefix ~::J- with the verb in the past is a time-clause expressing
'while', for example:
Notice in the example that, although the iY,y::J-clause employs the past conjugation, tense-
interpretation of this verb is that required by the nonpast main verb.
85
Because clause. A 'because' clause employs sil::r (which as a preposition is 'about,
concerning'):
The prefixsila- requires'a verb in past form. If the verb of the cause clause is nonpast, the
prefix is sila-mm-, as in:
Such constructions with -mm- are often thought to contain an adjective clause whose verb
is prefixed by ya-mm- (4.7). In the example above, that is, s11a-ya-mm-y-z:mb > SI1:J-
mm-i-z:mb, in whichyfJ- ofy:rmm- is necessarily absent after another prefix (3.2.5) and
Sg.3m. subject prefixy- > i- after a consonant (2.1.4).
h-i-1'gyyiq-:Jifri i-n:Jgr-:JW-all:J-hu
if-he-ask-me 1-tell-him-MV-1
'lfhe asks me, I will telJ him.'
If the verb also has the contrast suffix -mm (3.2.7), the meaning is 'even if.
b-izgnb-imm :inni-hed-aflg-n
if-it.rain-even we-go-MV-we
Even if it rains, we will go.'
Other adverb clauses. With the verb in the past, other adverb clauses are expressed
by use of the prepositions kg. and b:J- with and without postpositions, for example k:J-...
Jgmmiro 'sinee' (jgmmiro, Sg.3m. converb,lit. '(he/it) beginning'), k:J-... bah"'ala 'after'
(b:J-h"' ala, lit. 'at back'), ,b-... (negative verb) (bgqf' or b<1stgqf') 'unless', and ba-... gize
'when', lit. 'at (the) time' (gize 'time'). Examples of each of these are:
b-b<1Ra-hu b:Jh"'ala
from-ate-1 after
'after I ate'
86
m:Nihanit-u-n k-al-t'~tt'a (b:xpr)
medicine-the-DO if-Neg-he.drink. (e~cept)
'unless he takes the medicine'(= 'if he doesn't take the medi~ine')
An adverb clause expressing 'like' or 'as' employs the preposition md:1- 'like, as'
prefixed to -mm+nonpast verbs:
An adverb clause expressing 'until' employs either isk- 'until' or isk~-mm- prefixed to
nonpast verbs.
4.10. Cleft sentences. Statements and questions structured like the following, termed
'cleft sentences', are more frequent in Amharic than are English sentences similarly
structured. Such sentences presuppose as background and known to the hearer some
proposition expressed as a noun clause. In Amharic, the verb of the presupposed clause is
suffixed by the definitizing ('the') suffix (3.2.2). Presupposed in the fo1lowing sentence
is that 'someone ordered it'.
In cleft sentences an exception to verb-final order may be heard, in which the clause
withy~- (noun clause) follows the main, be, verb:
87
JSsacc<JW n-acc:JW y-azz<JZ-u-t
she/he(pol) isMshelhe(pol) Rel-ordered-shelhe(pol)Mthe
'She/He is the one who ordered it.' I 'It is she/he who ordered it.'
4.11. Sentences in the appendices. A list of useful sentences, including those for
typical greetings and other basic conversational purposes, is provided as Appendix 18.
Word order and other aspects of Amharic clause and sentence construction are also
exemplified in three Amharic texts provided as Appendices 19, 20, and 21, each in
Amharic writing and phonetic writing, with an English translation.
88
5. Amharic Writing
5.1.1. Sumerian. WRITING is giving visible form to language, and the first-known
writing system is that of the Sumerians, of 'Fertile Crescent' Mesopotamia-Babylonia,
from before 3000 BC. It is reasonable that the Sumerians would have given birth to
writing because it was there, a suitable time after the beginnings of settled agriculture,
that the economic surpluses and associated activities of agriculture made possible the
appearance of the first cities, within which the necessity for record-keeping, of
inventgries, and trap.sactions, must naturally have first necessitated writing.
As seen in Figure 5.1 (Senner 1989: 7), the units or GRAPHS of the Sumerian writing
system at first represented words in an ICONIC or picture-like way. With the passage of
time, however, the forms of the graphs naturally became stylized and simplified and as a
result eventually had no apparent connection to their meaning. The resulting relationship
of form and meaning is fully SYMBOLIC, and must be learned as a conventional or
arbitrary relationship. At this stage the graphs represented no longer the pictured
meanings of the words, but the words themselves. This is LOGOGRAPHIC WRITING.
The Sumerian writing system was soon adapted and elaborated to write the
neighboring Semitic language AKKADIAN (or Babylonian-Assyrian). Both Sumerian and
Akkadian writing were typically done by impressing a wedge-shaped tool into wet clay,
and so were termed CUNEIFORM WRITING (Latin cuneus 'wedge'). Eventually the
meanings of graphs evolved to represent no longer the words but the sounds of the words,
as PHONOGRAPHIC writing.
5.1.2. Egyptian. Egyptian writing, known in its early stages as HIEROGLYPHIC (Greek
'sacred carving'), is known from around 3000 BC, so somewhat later than Sumerian. As
in Sumerian, the graphs of Egyptian were originally pictographic or iconic, and as in
Akkadian they soon evolved as logographic and then phonographic.
89
Figure 5.1. Evolution of five 'Sumerian cuneiform graphs, 3000-800 DC
(from The Origins ofWriting, by Wayne Senner, 1989)
Pictograph -
Original positioned Early
Assyrian Meaning
Pictograph as- Babylon_ian
cuneiform
... ..
~ -tq -.l>:b
~ bird
~-
~ ~ :--$~ donkey
~ ;{> ::1> ~ ox
90
Figure 5.2. Egyptian, Sinaitic, Phoenician, early Greek, Greek, and Ethiopie
(from Egyptian Hieroglyphics, by W. V. Davies, 1988; Ethiopic added)
LJ 0 8 n
1 '- 1 1 r 1
r Lf: ~ E dt
\\V ~ k b
INNN.. '1 OP
~ '1 '\ ~
<2>- 0 0 0 0
~-
6) 4 1 l.
+ + X T T +
~ w 7
Even though the graphs of Egyptian writing were picturelike,. the interpretation of
these in reading was only sometimes logographic, as the word the meaning of which was
originally suggested by the picture, but sometimes phonographic, as the sound or
approximate sound of the word.
5.1.3. Sinaitic. Before 1000 BC, speakers of Semitic languages living on the
Egyptian periphery including the Sinai peninsula began to adapt EgyptiaD. hieroglyphic
\\Titing for their own purposes. These various adaptations have been termed SINAITIC.
91
Instead of accepting the Egyptian graphs with their Egyptian sound values, Sinaitic
writers gave the graphs the sound values of their own Semitic languages. For example,
the Egyptian graph r-J represented 'house', a word which. in Egyptian is thought to
have had the consonants pr plus an unknown vowel. Sinaitic Semitic speakers read this
graph with the pronunciation of their word for 'house', perhaps approximately bayt. The
Egyptian graph ""'M. represented 'water', a word which had the Egyptian pronunciation
nt plus a vowel. Sinaitic writers took the Egyptian graph. for 'water' but read it as their
word for 'water', perhaps may. See the Sinaitic adaptations of Egyptian in the
'Protosinaitic' oofumn of Figure 5.2.
The interpretation of graphs of Sinaitic writing gradually evolved regular ACROPHONY
'main sound', in which the phonetic interpretation of the graphs, as well as the form, was
simplified as the main sound of the word, usually the first consonant, so that n was
simply b and JI.N.:A. simply m. The Amharic (and English) graphs which derive from
hieroglyphic graphs have sound values of their Sinaitic not Egyptian ancestor words.
Sinaitic adaptations of Egyptian spread among the Semitic peoples of the ancient
eastern Mediterranean world, and had their own subsequent evolution. In the north these
evolved as, among others, the Phoenician, Aramaic, and Hebrew writing systems. In the
east Sinaitic evolved as Arabic, and in the south as South Arabian and Ethiopic writing.
All these were CONSONANTAL writing systems, in which graphs mainly represented
consonants, and vowels only exceptionally. Typically only consonants were written
because (1) Sinaitic writing had evolved 011 the acrophonic principle, and the acrophones
were consonants; (2) in Semitic languages there are many consonants but few vowels;
and (3) in Semitic languages consonants rather than vowels are particularly important for
expressing the concrete ~eanings of words. The latter is the characteristic of Semitic
languages termed 'root and pattern morphology', as seen in Amharic (3.7.1).
'
5.1.4. Greek. The Greek ALPHABET resulted when about 900 BC the Greeks adapted
Phoenician writing and used some of the extra Phoenician consonant graphs to represent
their vowels. Such innovation may have seemed necessary to them, because (1) in Greek,
an Indoeuropean language, vowels were more numerous than in Phoenician; (2) in Greek
vowels as well as consonants express important nongrammatical meanings; and perhaps
(3) because of an observed reluctance of borrowers to discard parts of a borrowed system
with which they are unfamiliar.
Later, of course, the Romans adapted the Greek alphabet and spread it across Europe
and to England, where its eventual descendant is the English alphabet. See the columns of
Phoenician, Early Greek, and Greek writing in Figure 5.2. The English descendants of
some of the Greek letters of Figure 5.2 may be apparent: o and t, for example.
S.l.S. South Arabian. In the southern Red Sea region, in the same period of history,
South Arabian writing also developed from Sinaitic. Writing in these languages first
appeared along both sides of the southern Red Sea perhaps as early as 900 BC, in use for
Semitic languages of the Red Sea kingdoms including Saba in South Arabia (Sabaen
writing), and, about the same, time, in the northern Ethiopian kingdom of Aksum
(EthiQpic writing) (de Contenson 1981, Fattovich 1988, Ricci 1994). Like Semitic writing
systems of the Mediterranean World, these were consonantal writing systems, in which
generally consonants but not vowels were written.
92
East of the Red Sea, South Arabian writing did not evolve for popular use, and is
mainly known. as commemorative inscriptions, in stone, of South Arabian kings, and as
graffiti. With the spread of Islam after 700 AD, South Arabian was fully replaced by
Arabic. See the first row of Figure 5..3 (Drewes 1962: 79), in which South Arabian
writing ('sudar. mon.', sudarabique monumental) is seen in its typically formal, angular
and regular style.
sudar. mon.
ethiopien
].E. 5 (GDR)
~opien
Safti A, B, C, A
ethiopien
D.A.B. 7 (Ezana)
ethlopien
D.A.A. 10 (Ezana)
ethioplen
D.A.B. 11 (Ezana)
93
somewhat similarly represented vowels, and at a somewhat earlier time. Knowledge of
vowel-writing could have come to Ethiopia with regular trade known to have existed
between cities of Western India and Aksum (Daniels 1992, 1996; Getatchew 1996;
Schneider 1995a). Such local evolution of the system might have been expected,
however, certainly if Ethiopians had even superficial knowledge of the Brahmi system, as
the natural result of a tendency for stylistically variant graphs of a single consonant to
become associated with some vowel (Hudson 2001). The record, however, seems to show
a rather abrupt appearance of vowel representation.
The Ethiopic numbers seem to have been adapted from those of Greek, in which the
numbers were letters in the sequence of the Greek alphabet. Compare the Greek and
Ethiopic numbers in Figure 5.4. The second row is Ethiopic, and the third and fourth
rows are Greek upper and lower-case letters. Similarities of Greek and Ethiopic are
particularly apparent for 2, 3, 9, 10, 80, and 100.
Eventually the Ethiopic consonant graph for b, 0, for example, was modified as R- for
bu, R. for bi, 0. for be, etc. The original and basic consonantal graphs were reanalyzed as
the consonant plus the most common vowel, so 0 was reanalyzed as ba, and in Amharic
a became g, The structure of the Ethiopic writing system in its adaptation as Amharic
writing is discussed in 5.3.
Because of their shared history as adaptations of Sinaitic writing, Greek and Ethiopic
(and Amharic, which is derived from Ethiopic) have similarities apparent in a number of
comparisons of graphs in the Gre~k and Ethiopic columns of Figure 5.2. These have
similar form (sometimes upon reorientation) and sound, for example Greek B and
Ethiopic 0, Greek f(g) and Ethiopic 1, Greek A. (/) and Ethiopic 1\, Greek T (t) and
Ethiopic ~, and Greek l: (s) and Ethiopic IP.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
~ ~ ~ '
ll ?i i.... % 5: ....jj' I
A B r ll E c; z H e I
a ~ 'Y a E t; ~ 11 9 t
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
I ~ m !I I :i! ~ ~ l !
_,
I K A M N ..!::!. 0 n 0 p
t K A. ll v ~ 0 1t Q p
94
5.1.7. Amharic. After the decline of Aksum around 600 AD, Ethiopic writing is
absent in the archaeological record, but reappears in manuscripts, on parchment, from
about 1250 AD, in use for writing Christian religious literature and chronicles of the
kings of Ethiopia. About 200 years later, a slightly modified form of Ethiopic began to be
used for writing Amharic. This Amharic adaptation of Ethiopic consists largely in
development of a regularized system of punctuation, and invention of a set of graphs for
the series of palatalized consonants, which were not regularly used in Ge'ez (5.3.4).
Subsequently, Ethiopic was adapted for use to write Tigrinya, and Amharic writing
was adapted for use to write other Ethiopian languages. Amharic writing today fulfills all
the needs of modern literate society, for letters, novels, poetry, legal decrees, newspapers,
and magazines. The problems of writing Amharic by typewriter, the large number of
graphs and the inappropriately small size of typescript, have been solved by computer
mediated writing.
For three texts in Amharic writing, with phonetic writing and translation, see pp. 135-
143.
Graded lessons for learning to read Amharic as a writing system for English are
provided as Part 3 of this book, from p. 145.
Anfray, Francis. 1990. Les Anciens Ethiopiens: Siecles d 'histoire. Paris: Armand Colin
Bernand, Etienne, A. J. Drewes, and R. Schneider. 1991. Recueil des Inscriptions de
l'Ethiopie des Periodes Pre-Axoumite et Axoumite, Tome 1: Les Documents, Tome II:
Les Planches. Paris: Diffusion de Boccard.
Contenson, Henri de. 1981. Pre-Aksumite culture, General History of Africa, Vol. II.
Ancient Civilizations of Africa, ed. by G. Mokhtar, 341-361. Berkeley: University of
California Press.
Daniels, Peter T. 1992. Contacts between Semitic and lndic scripts, Contacts between
cultures_: selected papers from the 33rd international Congress of Asian and North
African Studies, Vol. 1, West ~ia and North Africa, Amir Harrak, ed., 146-152. Ed-
win Mellen: Lewiston, N.Y.
Daniels, Peter T. 1996. The first civilizations, The World's Writing Systems, Peter T.
Daniels and William Bright, eds., 21-32. New York: Oxford University Press.
Davies, W. V. 1988. Egyptian HieroglyPhics. Berkeley: U~versity of California Press.
Drewes, A. J. 1962. Inscriptions deL 'Ethiopie Antique. Leiden: E. J. Brill.
Fattovich, Rodolfo. 1988. Remarks on the late prehistory and early history of northern
Ethiopia Proceedings of the Eighth International Conference of Ethiopian Studies,
Vol. I, Taddese Beyene, ed., 85-104. Addis Ababa: Institute ofEthiopian Studies.
Getatchew Haile. 1996. Ethiopic writing. The World's Writing Systems, Peter T. Daniels
and William Bright, eds., 569-576. New York: Oxford University Press.
Hudson, Grover. 2001. Aspects of the history ofEthiopic writing, Bulletin ofthe Institute
q{Ethiopian Studies 25. 1-12.
Pope, Maurice. 1975. The Story of Archaeological Decipherment, from Egyptian Hiero-
glyphics to Linear B. New York: Charles Scribner's Sons.
95
Ricci, Lanfranco. 1994. "On both sides of al-Mandab", New Trends in Ethiopian Studies
(Proceedings of the 12th International Conforence of Ethiopian Studies, Vol. I),
Harold Marcus and Grover Hudson, eds., 409-417. Lawrenceville, NJ: Red Sea Press.
Schneider, Roger. 1995a. A propos de la vocalisation de l'ecriture ethiopienne, Comptes
Rendus du Groupe Liriguistique d'Etudes Chamito-Semitiques 31. 107-108.
Schneider, Roger. 1995b. L'inscription 'trilingue' et !'inscription en 'pseudo-sabeen'
d'Ezana, Journal ofEthiopian Studies 29(2). 1-3.
Senner, Wayne M. 1989. Theories and myths on the origin of writing: a historical over-
view, The Origins of Writing, Wayne M. Senner, ed., 1-26, Lincoln: University of
Nebraska Press.
Table 5.1 presents the 32 consonant phonemes of Amharic as they are written in Amharic
basic graphs. The three ~onsonants ?, ::.~ and s' each have two written forms, and one, h,
has four.
The seven Amharic vowel phonemes (2.2) are ~. i, u, a, e, i, and o, with phonetic
qualities approximately like English vowels as follows:
Table 5.2 presents the seven vowel phonemes as written in Amharic in association with
the preceding consonant b.
96
Table.~S;l. Amharic consonants in Amharic writing
Labial
vl pT
h a
Affricates
Fricatives
Nasals
Lateral
Rhotic
Glides
i Mid e in be (1. :J o in bo fl
~- - ........ -.
I Low ainba'l
L
91
Table 5.3. Amharic fidel in traditional order
-
~ u i ii e ' (i) 0
h o fJo l y -L tJ II'
,.."
---
~ ~
,.,""" ..,
I A IL A
,._
m
h
oP
.,.
oo-
---
th.
,.
dlf.
th.
,.,
ih
--~
,..
th
s "1. ~ rr
r
s
IP
l.
ll
~
ll-
?
ll.
"'
t.
I}
l.
ll.
c
h
C'
s
...
7r 7f- it if it 7r "
i"
q ~ 1! :J 1: lp
.,., + ----l
~--
b
I ,
.,.
- ____
(I
,
(t
il
fl.
t
I)
;/'
---:r; - - ------ ..
(1.
1: .,.
-.. -=-- --- -
I'
.,. .. ----~-~-- ----
~ 'T T.. :F ~ :If ~
h -
---
--if"'""
n =- t-l ~ :-J::-~ --
7 . 1- 7..
~
~----
tj"
r:-
.. --
.....
);
'l
...
.,
't ------
-q.
-v
q>
~--- ..
h
w
11
lD
11-
- (11. 1l
re .,
.I\ 1l.
tg
1\
{Do
"f\
~
___ @~---
z ,.,.
ot o-
----- -------
II
ct.
II."'
't
tf
..,.
-- 't. ......
---
If.
I)
t-
11 ,.,.
p ..
i
f
1f
~
1f..
'- y
1t: 11'
,.
y
1
d ~
~
,IJ.
)1:
~
:q:
~
';if ~
"
.F..
~
~
~ ~
;It
... - 1----
___ g _____ 1 - -1- - -1----- .,. -- ----- --------- ..,
--------- ---1--
t' til
1 - - - -r - - - -
Ill'
1.
----- - ;J
m. tJ)
1.
IlL
------
.,. ")
r----
{II
r------- .. ------- ---
~ ua-
-------
p'
QJ.
~
QJr
A. A.
MiiJ.
~
Q;1r' "V'.
- - - - 1 " ' - - ___ aJ. .... ... -------- ---- - -
k ,., ,..
--
s' - - t ., "L I'
s'
------
8
~
-----
-
----~-------
fl-o
.A.
.,..
------ ~
.
------
---. . ~---
1----------
-&:-
I)
'
,--1t . -. . . -~-
... -.. '
J A. L 'f. A. t::
r
L_.E____ T "F 1:
t;:
--- ;,--;- --i .I T
L_ _ - - ------
r-
---
98
5.3. Structure of the Amharic writing system. The Amharic word for the graphs or
letters of Amharic writing is fidel. Restricting the term letter to graphs of the Greek or
Latin~based alphabets, here we shall refer to the Amharic graphs by their Amharic name,
fidel.
We think of the English alphabet as having 26 letters, but with duplications and
multiple irregularities there are actually over 200 letter~to-sound associations. For
example there are.c, k, and ck for the. sound [k], ph,J, and gh for [f], c, sand ss for [s],
plus the multiple sound associations of the vowel letters, such as e, which is pronounced
differently in be, set, veil, niec:e, and bite! Amharic has more graphs, but unlike English
the associations of graph and saund are quite regular.
See in Table 5.3 the basic 231 Am.h.aric characters (33 consonants x 7 vowels), in
traditional Amharic fidel order. The second column of the table shows the 33 simple or
basic graphs (the 32 consonant sounds of Table 5.1 plus the six duplicate graphs(= 38),
minus the four labiovelars and v).
Despite its large number of graphs in comparison to a European-language alphabet,
the Ethiopic-Amharic writing system is quite efficient and systematic. The 231 different
fidel are not unrelated and independent forms. Rather, one learns the 33 basic forms
(either the column of~ or that of 1), the six patterns of regular modification, and perhaps
a dozen or so irregularities. Thus one learns only about 60 form-and~sound associations
in all, which experience shows is not a difficult task for our minds and memories. One
needs only reasonable _motivation and a few hours of attentive practice, such as given in
Part 3 of this book.
The 33 basic graphs are ordinarily read as an Amharic consonant plus the vowel ~.
\ '
and the six modifications of this are read as the consonant plus one of the other six
,-owels, from left-to-right u, i, a, e, i, o. In charts of the Amharic writing system, as in the
examples below, :fidel with the vowels~. u, i, a, e, i and o are always listed left-to-right in
this order and so are termed the '1st', '2nd', '3rd', '4th', '5th', '6th' and '7th-order' fidel,
respectively. Thus also the vowels are termed '1st-order vowel', '2nd-order vowel', etc.
The Amharic names of the vowels (from Ge'ez) are listed in 5.2.
Exceptional to the association of vowels are three of the graphs of h, and those of .?,
which are read as the consonant plus a in the 1st order (column of~; these are marked by
a footnote in Table 5.3).
The parentheses around iofthe fidel of the sixth~column- b(t), t(1), and m(t)- show
mat 6th-order fidel may be read with or without their vowel, as either bi or b, ti or t, and
99
mi or m, respectively. At the end of a word a 6th-order fidel is read without its vowel
(except sometimes in poetry). Thus :I"A 'word' is read qal.
One learns the Amharic writing system from several hours of practice and use, not
from analysis. However, for most learners it is useful to know consciously the logic,
rules, and regularities of the system. Notice in Table 5.3 how the fidel largely realize the
following generalizations that describe the basic system of basic-form-plus-vowel
modification, as follows:
In a perhaps better interpretation (of Baye Yimam), the 6th-order fidel is primary,
because the particular irregularity of this cannot be predicted. Then the 1st-order fidel
may be predicted as a simplification or regularization of the 6th.
There are four general shapes of Amharic fidel, according to their number of 'legs':
one, two, three, and legless. The two-legged fidel are the most numerous.
5.3.1.1. Two-legged fidel. Thirteen fidel have two legs: Table 5.4. Notice the very
regular pattern of vowel-modification for the two-legged fidel. There is one exception to
this regular pattern: 7th-order fro lo, in the darkly outlined cell of Table 5.4. Instead of a
shortened right leg, it has a loop at its middle right.
---------------------....,
Table 5.4. The 13 two-legged fidel
~=-t:~+:-f~~--~
h:
--~--=t--~=~-
1l i 1l-
A- ---r-~
-1\.- ~ 1l 11 1\-
-- y. ~----y t . ")1: . it. '(" .. -~- ---~---- . -- -;~r -
-~-r -i -.1! -+ n- n. t) n. ______!! __ . -
r-
' ; ~ i ~ A ~ A ~ ~
S I ~ ; ~
_
--~-.E~_-____ r=---*-~---:-~-~-. ----~-- ----~-----~ JL __________ k :_____ !__ __ _
~ q ~ h ~
100
Notice the 6th-order fidel in the seventh column. There is no pattern for these, except
for being regularly irregular. For four of the two-legged fidel, notice the subtle difference
between the 2nd-order fidel with vowel u, and the 6th-order fidel with vowel i:
-~---------
2nd order
----- ---- 6th order
------------------ ~----
II- du ~ di
)1: '
Ju ~ Ji
~
K.
p'u
s'u "
.R"
p'i
s'i
The 2nd-order fidel have an extension in the middle of their right leg, but the four 6th-
order fidel have the extension attached to their body.
5.3.1.2. One-legged fidel. Nine fidel have one leg: Table 5.5. Notice the pattern of
vowel-modification for the one-legged fidel.
G1 u i a e (i) . o
Exceptions to the patterns of one-legged fidel again appear in darkly outlined cells:
the 7th-order (o-voweled) fidel have a loop near the top except for 1 go, T po (which
differs subtly from 4th-order ;F), and r- yo; and 4th-order 'i' na and 'r:- ifa lack the left-
bent leg of other 4th-order fidel. Notice the unusual extension on r.. yi and the mid-
position of the extension on Po ye. Again the 6th-order fide) have no regular pattern but
involve a bend or other irregular modification of the 1st-order.
5.3.1.3. Three-legged fidel. There are three three-legged fidel: Table 5.6. Notice the
pattern of vowel-modification for the three-legged fidel. On the pattern of two-legged
fidel, the 7th-order fidel have shortened right legs. The 6th-order fidel all have bent
middle lines. There is one irregularity, in the darkly outlined cell:- beCause all the fidel in
101
the set of Q;L have loops as their right feet, the usual lower-right loop for 5th-order e is
raised: Q;L.
5.3.1.4. Legless fidel. The remaining eight fidel have no legs in their basic first-order
form: Table 5.7. These legless fidel have less obvious but still apparent patterns of
modification, often involving addition of a leg, which then follows the pattern of one-
legged fidel. Except in the rows off d. and r l., a right-leg is added in the 3rd, 4th, Sth,
and 7th-order fidel, which leg follows the pattern of one-legged fidel, for example 3rd
order Pl. of the row of,.,.
Again notice irregularities in the darkly outlined cells. Compare 2nd-order 4- and 4th
order ~.fa; the former has a slightly left-bent leg. Compare 2nd-order? ru and 4th-order
t. ra, the latter of which is quite irregular, as is 3rd-order t, ri. Compare 2nd-order m.
wu, whose extension is at the lower right, with 6th-order dJ w(i), whose extension is at
the middle right.
'l oa
:}
o-
- - - .. ---- r-----r---:"
___ L__
u
, ,
i a e
'\.
(i)
iJ
o
p
................. ------
d. .,. -
k
----- .... d.. .. ----------
....1-...;....--f------ fi; t::
-- -- -
h
m -
- ---
Va
(/P
- --- ..
II'
tlfl"
l
IIIII. ,.,
'I Y. u II'
.,."
.
r l. ?
~~-~~--~~~
/..
s ,., ,.,.
s'
-----
w
. - --- - ------
fJ
CD
flo
lD.
1.
------f--
-e
'I "'
-------- 'J. "
--------+----1
'P ' dJo
5.3.2. Homophonous fidel. We have noted that some consonant sounds are written
with more than one fidel, somewhat as English lc, c, and q may all be read [k], or s and c
both read [s]. Amharic has less. of this than English, but there are
102
2 ways to writes, and
2 ways to writes'.
In the period of the Derg government in Ethiopia ( 1.5), spelling reformers of the
Ethiopian Language Academy sought without success to eliminate these seeming
redundancies in favor of the most frequent fidel of each set. But no government agency
today enforces the .privileged status which Amharic once enjoyed, and spelling practice
concerning the homophonies varies considerably.
In fact, the homophonous fidel do not represent a severe learning problem, and their
use is not entirely a redundancy, as this expresses the affective meanings associated with
the perception of readers'that the writer has knowledge of the traditions of the writing
system. Furthermore, the availability of the homophonous fidel enables the potential for
useful development of contrasts based entirely on spelling, such as English son vs. sun
and cell vs. sell.
5.3.2.1. Two ways to write 'l. In Ge'ez and presumably earlier in Amharic, there
were phonetically similar consonants .?, a glottal stop written h, and f, a voiced
pharyngeal fricative written o. Subsequently the sotmd f was replaced by ?, but both
ways of writing survived, so now 7 is written both 11 and 0, as in Table 5.8.
----,...---a--,--u-~--i -T
Table 5.8. Two ways to write l
a [- -;- 1 (ij _____
o_
The two different ?'s are distinguished by name as follows: a/lefu ?a (hl\.4- h)
and aynu ?a (0,_,.. 0). More frequent i~ the set of h.
Notice that the first-order vowel of these two fidel is not :J but a. This is because in
the history of Amharic an a which followed the 7 and f was preserved as a when
elsewhere a usually changed (centralized) to Q. Thus the 1st-order vowel of h and 0 is
the same as the 4th-order vowel, a, and all of h, ,., o, and 't are read ?a. (In fact, in
earlier Amharic 1st-order a probably contrasted with the 4th-order long vowel a:. Then a
> :J except after certain consonants where a: survived, and then long a: > a.)
The historical glottal stop which was written in Amharic as h or o is now usually
absent in pronunciation, and is ignored in word-initial phonetic writing (2.1). Thus hU'I
'flower' is written abg/Ja and not ?abgJ,a, Between vowels, however, the glottal stop
often survives. Thus tl't.,.. hour, watch' is either SQ?at or saat, the latter with :J
assimilated to a.
As English words may be written with one of k or c and not either - for example cat
not leal and kitten not citten - preferred Amharic spelling employs the historically
appropriate member of a homophonous fidel set. If the Amharic word has a cognate word
103
in the ancient Ethiopian Semitic language Ge'ez, the Ge'ez spelling is usually considered
preferred. For example, and 'one' is written h?~ and not,_.,.~, 071!:, or -t?Jl:; and ayn
'eye' is written 0~7 and not 't~?, h~7, or,._~.,.. If in doubt, use the more common of
the homophonous sets, h in the case of h and o.
5.3.2~2. Four ways to write h. In earlier Amharic there were four different h-lik.e
consonants:
All four of these later merged as [h], so today four different fidel write h, as seen in Table
5.9.
----------------------------------1
Table 5.9. Four ways to write It
Three of the h's are named as follows: hal/etaw ha (YfL;I-OJ- 0), ham:H'U ha (thOD~
th), and bizuhanu ha (all ... t- .... ). The newest h, "H, so far lacks a standard name. Most
frequent is the set of v.
Notice that the 1st-order vowel of the first three of these is not :~ but a. This results
because historically, like h/0, these 'low' consonants preserved following a which
elsewhere centralized as :J. Thus V, th, and .... are never pronounced with the vowel a but
with a. The other fidel for h, 11, arose after the lowering effect of h's on a, so the
pronunciation h:~ for 1st-order 11 survives.
Again Amharic spelling prefers one of the set of homophonous h-fidel in particular
words, that ofthe cognate word in Ge'ez, if there is one. Thus hilm 'dream' is written ih
A;o and not u/:\,-, ""J.Afll, or l\A9".
5.3.2.3. Two ways to writes. In the past in Amharic, there were two different s-lik.e
consonants: s and a similar sound, perhaps a lateral fricative (IPA {). Eventually the two
merged ass, so today there are two ways ofwriting s, as in Table 5.10.
The two different s's are distinguished by name as follows: nigusu s~ (7'1-,.,. IP) and
isalu s:~ (}.'lof; ll). More frequent is the set of ll.
104
Table 5.10. Two ways to writes I
I ~ u i a e (i) 0
s I) & tL
....
I} {L
.... ,. ,."
it
s
~--
IP IJJ<
"'
Amharic spelling prefers one of the set of homophonous fidel in particular words, and
the spelling of the cognate word in Ge'ez, if there is one, is authoritative. For example,
sillase 'trinity' is written P''\tL and not it'\tL, lt'\PL, or JP'\11.
5.3.2.4. Two ways to write s~ rn Amharic prehistory there were different consonants
s: an alveolar ejective fricative, and a seemingly unsimilar sound perhaps c[, a retracted
or retroflex d. For reasons unknown, both of these came to be pronounced so today s:
there are two ways of writings~ as in Table 5.11.
-
:J I u i a e
-
s'
---- f-
J\ I &.
-R.
~ A.
s' 8 I 8 '1. 'I '1
The two different s' fidel are distinguished by name as follows: s':Jlotu sb (J\1\-Il A)
and s':Jhayu sb (8th~ 8). More frequent is the set of R.
Again Amharic spelling prefers one or the other in particular words. The spelling of
the equivalent word in Ge'ez, if this is known, is preferred. For example, s'~hay 'sun' is
\\Titten Bdl~ and not Rm.e.
5.3.3. Labiovelar and labialized consonants. In addition to the basic fidel of Table
5.3, there are special fidel for the set of labiovelar consonants k'.,, gw, qw, and hw (2.1.2).
(The English words quote [k..,ot] and Gwen [g"n], for example, have initiallabiovelars.
In pronouncing these words the lips are rounded before and during the word-initial
consonant.) The labialized h is in the set because this h is that of .... which descends from
the historical velar fricative x. See Table 5.12 for the fidel of the four labiovelar conso-
nants in combination with the vowels a, i, a, e, and i.
The labiovelars do not occur with the labial vowels u and o.
The difference between the fidel of the columns of i and i is that the right-extension
of fidel of the: latter is somewhat raised, a difference not always apparent in some
printings.
105
Table 5.12. Labiovelar fidel
I
g i a----- e i
r------ 1-----::----- t--~ ---
/(~
gw ,..
))a
.,., ~
Pr ,.tJ. l'l-
.,..
.....
qlV 'to ~
:t
hlV ..... ""J.. *
'>. '). .....
There is a regular formation for labialized fidel of the non-velar consonants followed
by a. In these fidel,~ is attached as base of the 4th-order fidel, unless this has one leg, in
which case .... is attached as base of the 1st-order fidel; rwa is exceptional. These special
fidel, some of which are infrequent, are as follows.
Labialized m and r have variants: o; mwa and ~ rwa; these arc perhaps less common
than their alternatives.
These labialized consonants with the vowel a are also written as 6th-order fidel
followed by 'P, for example fl'P instead of 'J. bwa and A'P instead of '), lwa. But the
latter way of writing is preferred.
5.3.4. Historically later fidel. Notice the pattern of the following fidel pairs.
Fidel of the second column are those of the first with the addition of- . In the history of
Amharic the consonants t, d, s, n, and k of the frrst column all underwent a change, in
certain words, to yield C, J, S: rJ and h, respectively, of the second column. Alveolar t, d, s,
and n were palatalized as t; J, and S. and i'i respectively, and velar k became the velar
106
fricative x which later became h. To express these new phonetic distinctions in the
language new fidel were created by adding ... to the fidel of the original consonant.
The two fidel 11- ~ :;J and 1f Z:} have a similar history as palatalized derivatives of m
and II, respectively, but have different means of formation.
More recently and in the regular way, the Amharic writing system has derived a fidel
for the sound v, by adding ... to n b, as lf, This fidel is needed in a number of recently
borrowed words including lf.tf 'visa' and 7'~'1 'vodka'.
Finally, for writing:} there is a rarely used fidelli, which is It plus .... Remember
that the lst-t>rder fidel h is read a not :;J. 1i is needed to write just one Amharic word, the
interjection 11l. :}r.J 'Really?', and for writing non-Amharic words which begin with :;J,
such as English 'liT :;}]J 'up'.
5.3.5. Numbers. Amharic numbers are written as in Table 5.13. The Amharic
numbers are not used for mathematics, but often in dates, and page and chapter numbers
of books. There is no 'zero'. For mathematics, the 'Arabic' numerals known in English
writing (' 1', '2', 3', etc.) are used. For the source of the Amharic numbets in Greek, see
5.1.6.
,.
I Table 5.13. Amharic numbers
;
5.3.6. Long consonants not written. An Amharic consonant at the middle or end of
words may be long or short (2.1.4). A long consonant has duration almost twice that of a
!bxt consonant. Different Amharic words may differ just by consonant lengtli. such as
.:b "he said' vs. a/lg 'it/he is present', and wana 'swimming' vs. wanna 'main, principal'.
,Jm the International Phonetic Alphabet, IPA. allg is [al:~] and wanna is [wan:a] .)
English has phonetic long consonants too, in words formed of parts such that the two
;wns end and begin, respectively, with the same consonant, with a stressed vowel on
5l!er side, as in bookcase {with a long k, which may be contrasted with the hypothetical
1WiWd book-ace, with a short k), and unnamed (with a long n; compare a named, with a
D:n n). Spelled double consonants in English are otherwise not pronounced long; for
=ample, the consonants spelled ss in kiss and nn in winner are not long.
Even though they represent a contrast of sound and meaning, in Amharic writing long
DJ! short consonants are written the same, so both a/:} 'he said' and a//:} 'he/it is present'
~~tten hi\, and both wana 'swimming' and wanna 'main, principal' are written "P~.
107
5.3.7. Alphabetical and dictionary order. There are two traditional ways of
ordering the fidel, one of which was shown in Table 5.3. Two important dictionaries for
students, the Concise Amharic Dictionary by Wolf Leslau (1976) and the two-volwne
Amharic-English Dictionary by Thomas Kane (1990), follow this sequence for ordering
dictionary entries, except that homophonous fidel (5.3.2) are collected in the place of the
most frequent of these. One has to learn this traditional order to look up words in these
dictionaries.
For learners who know the English alphabet, the fidel can also be ordered non-
traditionally, but very usefully, according to the equivalence or near equivalence of the
phonetic symbols of sounds of the fide] to English letters. This English-alphabetic order-
ing of the fidel is used in the wordlists of this book (seep. 187), and is presented in Table
5.14.
108
Table 5.14. Amharic fidel in English alphabetical order
i a e (i)
"I
0
(~a -,---01.---J---(Jo
h-
I'
b a ,... p
h
g 1 ~
--~--
~
"'" ih
~
---- - :~~~:~ ...... fJ.-if..-_~..:-,. -_-_ _ ~:~~. ~~ u__. -~-=~-,
,h
, i
:_
I .., ..,. "t ;) ..._ .., .q-
-,r-
-~-+ -i---~-----."" {-----Y-----~---~ ---~----1[ . _
~- _!_ ... I. .J!_. -...-~ ,,_.,... --~.... ___,. tt_. . .. .~-- -~ -"" h -~ ..!' ...
I ' ~ ~ ...1'
.... -- A
... . ... ~
,__ ..~ - A
- ~
m 011 fJIIo I tl'f. "''
OIL 1JP ,-
n ) -~- I ).. --~...-1 'l
'i' cr
f-- n "1 .,. --'Y.. --- ... ..3_______ '2 "f l
q. ---
--- .!!...... - -- T ~ .... ______
_ .. ______ 7
~ ----!--------. ~- - - - -T
--- - - - - -T- - -
p'
__..._______ A ~ L ~ ~ ~ ~
--r----'----t-~-1
109
Appendices to Part 2
111
------- --------------------------------------------,
Appendix 1. The three pronoun sets
Independent pronouns 1 Noun-possessive Verb-object
suffixed pronouns suffixed_Eronouns
,'---=.::::::o;;z.:~-:--::---:----------r--:---:---:------,-=-=-=-------;;-;;-----
Singular
1 Jl~ ine n.-t bet-e )'1~'1 n;)g~rcl-nn
:-- r-- I my house --;;----l--=-h-=e--=to'-ld_m
___e__
m h'lJo ant;.} n.+u bet-ih t1~u n;.}gg;)r~;::i:l _____ _
f 1. ,.~--a-n--::c::i--------l-n.-=-=-+-=11=-=b-e-=--t--:-::i~~--~--:--t,--~":':'lf=--n;)--'g=g'--;.}-rn--,-s:;------1
2 ll~~/llch~/h'l~
pol iss-wo I irs-wo I antu2 n.+~ bet-wo )' 1 ~~+ n;)gg;.}f;.}-WO(t)
! Plural
!------' ------" .. ". -- ......... ...... -------"-----"" --- - - - - - - - -..--3-"" ,. " ... --
:1 Jl"'i' iihla 0.:1-':f'l bet-accin t1~..,.
n;.}gg;.}r;)-n
2:.~ ...... _)2~.,. ---~~n-~~~--~-:.~:::~--~--~--~~t_':f~:~.~~-~~a~-~~~~~t.':frt. ___~~gg_?~-ac~ihu_..-__
Jl )'ll I Jl tell-
3
inn3-ssu I inn~-rsu
1. As direct objects, the independent pronouns are suffixed by the definite object
suffix -n (3.2.6).
2. anlu in the dialects ofWello and Gojjam.
3. Compare )'1C'l n;)gg;.}r-n 'we told'.
112
Appendix 2. Numbers and numerals
t---
0 1 and
i: 2 hul~tt
J:: 3 sost
ll 4 arat
~ 5 ammist
]; 6 siddist
% 7 lliJlt' s~bat
!!: 8 ilfD'llt' simmint -
1-~~-+--~--r---~.w----r---~~~--
lltn'1 ....... -.. .... ~t~ihl
---xll ---To9 OJPC assir
---:?i -- ----1T "tJPt.'lS': -- --asrand
a-- i2 'ffPi.--v.K:r-- asra-tiut~tt
- i -- --2o-- .,-y- --- - -iiaya ____
----~~ ---- - 2i ij-y-"i,'li:. haY"ciand
~t-- 22 ---.,,--v:A:,. ha-ya--t1uiait
113
Appendix 3. Months of the year and days of the week
~-- . ---
~--fill~ h l.,., ! Thirteen Months
ffiQSkQrnm (begins) September II or 1~
I t'iqimt October II or I2
....
__ -4_C,_-+-__h...,i=-d_ar_ _ .l November 10 or 11
~~UI iP tahsas December I 0 or I 1
~------~-~,---~r----~--~~-----~
'PC t'irr January 9 or 10
lriit+ yQkkatit February 8 or 9
oo;~a.+ ffiQggabit March 10 or JJ
Dt.f11.f miyazya Apri/9 or 10
---
'1'lfl+ -- ginbot __M_qy 9l!! 10 -------
,., ~ s~ne June 8 or 9
-- -- i----------:--:---------
th lJD I\. - .. hamle July 8 or 9
nQhase August 7 or 8
--
)' thll.
~-._,.. -:-~-:--
..._~!:~(?)
. -- ---- ---
p'agwim~(n) - _______S!.P.__te__m..;.~b--er__6;;... - - - -
The Ethiopian calendar follows that of the ancient Egyptians, so months approximate
those of the 'Julian' calendar of the Eastern Orthodox Church. Each month has 30 days
except for the 13th, p'ag'"ime(n), which has five days, or six every four years ('leap
years'), when the other months begin on the second-listed day in the table. The origins of
the month-names are unknown except for p'ag ..ime(n), which derives from the Greek
epagomenai 'inserted days'. Such absence of etymologies is suggestive of the antiquity
of the Ethiopian calendar.
---=--~~~--- . --"-----------
:---rD;..:a;:,r.y~s ofthe Week
. ---n-q. 8QM<>--- --.. . -
-~"M~mia;
114
Appendix 4. Time and telling time
I
iI Hour in Equivalent time in
I
!
Time in Amharic
I Amharic I
English (a.m. & p.m.)
I "'JPt. 11-1\,. ll't,. asro hul~tt sa?at 12 six o'clock
I h"l1: fl't'r and~?at I seven o'clock
11-M- fl't-t- hul~tt s;.)?at
- 2 eight o'clock
Y"lt,. fl't+ sost S<J?at 3 nine o'clock
. --
.ht.,. ll't,. arat s;.)1at I 4 ten o'clock
hf'"lt'\'" ll't-t-
_,..,_.. a.mmi:st SQ1at 5 eleven o'clock
f----- 1-----
111:-lt'r ll't.,. siddist s~?ai- 6 twelve o'clock
fl'l'r ll't"t sabot sa?at 7 one o'clock
lt,...,,. fl't'r
-- simmint s~?at 8
r-----
two o'clock
-
rlm'1 ll't'r ~t~nii s;.)?at 9 three o'clock
OI,"C fl't+ asstr s~?at 10 four o'clock
- 11 --
1-----
"'JPt."l1: ll't:r- asr-an(f'Sa?at five o'clock
Times may be distinguished as q:m 'day, tlwat 'morning', mala 'afternoon, evening',
miit 'evening', and lelit 'night'. A quarter hour is expressed as, for example, arat s~?at
k~rub 'ten-fifteen' (rub 'quarter'), and a half hour as, for example, and s~?at t~kkul
'seven-thirty' (ikkul 'half, equal, middle'). These and times additional to and less than the
even hour are exemplified as follows:
Bilingual time telling. Because of the problem of translating times whether word-for-
word or as equivalents of time, when times arise in bilingual conversation in Amharic
and a European language, clarification may be provided as (b~)awroppa aqqot'at'~
"(in) European counting' or (b:r)ityopp'ya aqqot'at'~r '(in) Ethiopian counting, for
example:
fb:r)awroppa aqqot'at':- hul:Xt s~?at 'two o'clock in European counting' (thus eight
in Ethiopian counting)
fb:r)ityopp 'ya aqqot'at':Jr sost s~?at 'three o'clock in Ethiopian. counting' (thus nine
in European counting)
115
--- -- --~---
.... -----
4.flr -fl.r. n.r. .r.fl.r. fl.r..,. oonr+
separated yi-layy layy yi-l~yy l~yyit-o roo-layyat
lay~
5. ",.,
~mma
,,
heard
.r."DIJ
yi-~ma
hUtt
sima
.r.h.,.,
yi-sma
",...,.
~mt-o
011/l,.,...,.
roo-smat
6. {ll')
---- --- -- r-:et\t) {\I')
--- ,r.{lt) 1\hof ODf\l')t-
l~kka
measured yi-lakka lakka yi-l~kka lakkit-o ma-lakkat
-
7. 1/otJD
-- .r.+'l" J!'J" .r-11'1" 'I! 'I" 00+9"
qoma
stood yi-qom qum yi-qum qum-o m~-qom
116
Appendix 6. Example verbs of the twelve types
This list of example verbs of the 12 types (3.7.1.1), in Sg.3m. past-tense fonn, iS
provided as a basis for practicing, across the types, a variety of verbs in the different
conjugations. There are more verbs of some types than others, and types I and 2 are most
common. Verbs whose English translations are ambiguous for transitivity, such as
'broke' and 'opened', are marked (vt) 'verb transitive' or (vi) 'verb intransitive'.
117
Appendix 6, continued
--~------------------~
[_~-= 3. 1"<::~-(A~type)
. -
.. __ 4. 1\r-type (B-type)
; 1"l. tprro remained ltr 1;,~ se!JE!atedJyt)
llm ~tt';, ... --gave ir'f ~iii}.) accompanied
----- ,,_____ ,__;_, __ .......___ -----.-----r:--" --------r-----'------------"
hf ay~ saw +r qoy~ waited
-oaif----------ng~~------ - was evening cr"f - waiiif;, 3wam --
-~-- ---~~Q"--- ...... __ shaved ii'P: haJJ;, ----wa~-~table
118
Appendix 6, continued
1. measured by forearm
119
-
Appendix 7. The twelve verb types in the past
(Long consonantS underlined)
~2
f UC7r 4.1\"'lF 1\fi'f I llOIJ7r 1\tai'f
t1? 4.1\.,. 1"? .1\h-
j)_Ol_
~-------- --=--- - -
4.1\1
..
-~z . -ttf."''
"' -- -,--it~~if .
-1- l)tJDo --!:'::- .. - ...
3 f
m )1{.
U'f --
-=--- ---=-=--~--- ,Lftl'f -- . '1-l:Sf'. -i\,*-.. . . r~tOIJt--
------
' ftta
ttti~-- --I
- _P~L
)'1? 4.1\.,. 1"? 1\f ! I)OD- 1\tl
--------
7. 'lOll
kissed
-----------r----- - - - - - -
8. .,.,..
stood
9. Y.R.
went
10. IJ~h
blessed
-~- I I. OD(Ihl.
I testified
12. ll'i ;J
forgot
I
I. The Sg.l suffix h-/ rJe and the Sg.2m. suffiX h I tl have k after consonants
and h after vowels. However, rJe and tJ may be written even though 11- and h
are pronounced.
120
:ppen~~~ 8. Negative past; nonp~~t, a~d-l
jussive (Long consonants underlined)
---~--l- r:g.~~'!ell'
------ ___ .)~~ .. _ j Nonpasf I Jussive.r-
Sin_sular
ry- htt)1Ch-,_-
!-- ..... -r-:.--- -=---==-- ...... --~~~:!~~
hA'l1C 4
h~)"'C(fD):;
.2
m
--r hi!\ )1ChfD
-,-h" 'ri.ciiiP _____ - -
h+'r"'l.(,.,J
hi'-'l1C'
~--r
h"r'l1l..
-~
--- -----
Root bla 'eat'
.:=:-..:=... T=.=-~~---=c- ~onpast .. ....LJ~sive
~g~~~~..---- -- ...... . ..--- .... ~... ----...
.I . ....... '"""-= .....htta'\J!:}
hAU'\fHD ____ "S ....... -- hA-ll'\
.... ..... ~
m hAa'\ur htra~
....... . ... -=--== ... --- ---- ...... - htr-a'\..........) ... -
2 f 1atta'\lrr h+a.e{~) h.rr-av..
po( hAaf\o,.. h.eaf\o~J h~-af\o ..
m htta'\,.. h.e.-tJ'\
f hAa'\'f90.. .. --~~-~~{!:)r . --s---
3 ...--:==--. -~::. . ~:tn'\_{!:}. .. .. h"rU'\
h.e~
31W' -
pol httaf\or . h.eaf\o(r)
r-:::-:
Plural
_,1.-tti"<!'.l'.-~-~~'1.--=
1 - . - -t::~~~- -~=-~~~( . t::z'--
1. Negative past is affirmative past prefixed by hA- and as a main verb suffixed by -'JD.
2. Negative nonpast is affinnative minor-verb nonpast prefixed by h- and as a main
verb suffixed by_,.,,
3. Negative jussive is affirmative jussive prefixed by h-; negative imperatives are equi-
valent to negative jussives.
-!-. Sg.l prefix of the negative nonpast and jussive is A- instead of~- of the affirmative
nonpast.
5. + and "t of the subject prefixes are ordinarily long in negative imperatives and
optionally long in other negatives.
121
Appendix 9A. Six verb types in the minor-verb
non past
(Long consonants underlined)
I l
"r. (B-type) 1
~----,:-'-=~ffl=Ix;;.;_es;;;.._.L-....;;s~epc;,;ja=-~=ated I
a, <A-type) 1 ;.,. cs~type)
heard measured
~~::.:l.::;:;;:ar:__,._ _,_,
KM hllllll ht\'1
1 ):-... I separate I hear I measured
122
. . ~---- -~--
'
Appendix 9B. Six verb types in the main-verb non past
(Long consonants underlined)
---
Singular
Affixes
--
..
I told wanted remained
H:~~1~~~:
h'})"l~~'} ,.'}.,.~~'}
. )'-. .
.....
~0~~
,...
;r)-,i~f'Q.
,..
. ......)"l~fr ..
. .1'\f. . _.(B-type)
... ~4:\j~"ifri-
___ ------r--.llDil
--
:r~i.~:lf~
,..4.~,~/r ........._. ~-!~~-
--)1. _ ------ ----
. .--------
(A-type)
.....
1'\'tJ (B-type)
-
....
2 f
i'
____,.,.
m t-....... -ollah .
_______ ,_
t-... -i-alla
--- I seoarate
--~1\.f~~--- - .
"ri'IYII'l'i
!hear
"rllBII~U
/measured
- _ _
- - - - _---:-c-_ _ _ -
Plural
123
Appendix 10. Six verb types in the jussive and imperative
(Long consonants underlined)
1
- . ___ ---~~t--~-~~~.,~~1 pe,--_r~~~.~-1~i:4) __
Affixes Juss , Imper j_!uss , Imper I Juss __ lmper
Singular
124
,------- -------- -------- -------------------------,I
Suffixes
,.1l. <A-type)
told
r .~..~., <B-type)
wanted
. .
1"l. (A-type)
remained
-- - ----.-------
I ,. .., t:.
--. -- -----------
4.A'1. cpc:! I
1~~:~- ::1?:----~
1~----
Plural
------ -~- -- - -- .... --------
~-~-- :::-~~~~ihu --}~-i~fj.
:-r------1 ~~- --~:!-~~ I -:: ..... , . - - .. - I
'
: /\_f(B~tYpe) 1 11D1J_ (A~type)J. t\t, <il~tii>e)
1 i
_ __j__!lfflxes _separat~--- __lrearq measured ~-
Singular-r---- -..,--:;;~..- - - ,~---- --.--:;:'i:"'i".--
.1 . I
! ...-.e
1\.e.~ 119"~
. I, separating I, hearing
1\h~
/,measuring i
"I
m ! ... -Qh M+'V 119"1-'V tlh+'V
----- .. . .. ---- . . . "---=-------- --... . . "----- . ------- ---=----------- --- J'
2 f ... -Q~ 1\.e.H'f 119'"1-i'f tlh+7i I
-- ...P~!.. -=:.:~-~-- .... -~.e.+~ --------- --~~!~-------- llll+co:__ - .I
3 tr:!; ~: i;~ ~ *~~ :=~: ~:;,g;=~
-.
_____ L.,..:;.....-._ . _.!_ - - - --~------ -- '-------- - - - - --~ ~ ----~ _ _ ,.J
125
Appendix llB. Six verb types in the main-verb converb
(Long consonants underlined}
1-----,---
.,.,l.
--------....,.-----------r--------r-
4.!J.1 (B-type) "l"l.
Suffixes told wanted remained
126
~peodlx 12. Verb of being
(Long consonants underlined)
1
pol
Plural
)')
'i"TCD
-
-- )RC')
~--
-
-
h ')IT'i" 1\')
.. _
~-- --
2 'i":r-'11" ,.n~:f:v- +II' 'i" "'FIJ"
'i"faJo ~ll''i"l'r
3 ----.. )R"-
~---------~----------
--
.127
-- - --- . - -
...
~: ~~t-=1~~~.:1 ;:i
:rr ~~m~ ~~f*~ ~!~
t.{Jrr
II be
t.t\\1
t.t\'f
......
~ .. -
Plural -- --
1 hi\')
- h'\'fv-
)'fiC') J ~.,.
2 _, ____ )llt.'f~~=~-.. -1 ,.,..
__ )'II<. __J "''~'
._3
1. The verb
""'h.O ------.
t
3~ ~~; T~i- ttt~
Plural
4-- -~
1"3
w1i: - t~{~
!. h'\=Fm- . hl\7:r:m-
=-----'---=====
128
Appendix 14B. Verb of having in the-past
(Long consonants underlined)
tiJZ:=f(J)
-- __,._____ .........!'
3
Plural
~~[ -~~--i~~ - I~~~~-- . --~~fr.:~:-_:~~:. .
=t~]~trif~ ~::~-~~-=:-
1. Exemplified is Sg.3m. thing possessed.
129
Appendix 15B. Neg..tive verbs of being,
presence, and having in the past
(Long consonants underlined)
-
Being and
Presence' Havini
Singular
hA)l!CR-~ h t\)' !!l.:1r
I Iwasnot I didn 't have it.------
..,
m
hAtncli~- ....... hA)'nt.vr-
......
2 f hl\)ncw9'- hA.,a t.w-,..
pol hA.,n?,. hA.,nt.ra+~
m hA.,nt.SJD .. hA .,nt.CJJo9P ......
- ... -
3 f h"A.,at.=F,_... hA.,n~+r-
--~---
.~L.. -hA.,n?,.~---------~---~
hA.,n~'TCJJor-
.. --- -- ..."":"":"!'.-.:=.---=---
Plural
1... - .... hA., nc?,.
.......... -hA)a~.,-,-a . -
-
2
_;.___, __ -t.A"ia~""lH" hA., n~'FfHD i
130
-~
II Appendix 16. Forms of the verb 'say'
(Long consonants underlined) !
t_ I i'aSi~ Jussive _;~~ Converb ~
l;i~=7!~-.l~~j;.~if.:'!:;i~- 11~l
! t _ .l~~--. - i ~f/'ir,. 1.~~- -~~~--. . :-~~-!.tii -~-;~~- .:::_j
2 ..
i,.... ~ '-1\
.
-ol hi\
._ I --.
.... --"'""'"--r:: : '-Uir
.......... .._... _... ,,._____
-111\CD<,_ ...... ..
3
i,.,_t.P ,.~;~ ~~--t!i-=:: 1:~f ~~:
. --~----. - ------ _._._ . _-
Plural
..!_:......,; ---
--. :r~
. ---:
1
131
- --
~,.,:pa.;
-~- - -. -- --- -~F":_T'f'A________ __f.'ff'PA" __
Plural
1-;_______ .. ......... '-- ..... ---- -~--. -----
1 ........ t.IJ") ~cnli"A ....... Cfl'i"A
2 . 't:tl':frJ.- ' ~C 11':f~-A = 2""''"''
C'l,Sf">.A
3 t.IJ'fCD- ~CIJ'f-''PA C'li-'f'A"
----------------------"--------
Ten impersonal verbs (Sg.l subjects)
132
Appendix 18. Some useful sentences
h'l.(!.tJD'l
'PI'r?
)'IJ I Hi?
,.,.,..?
Are you (Sg.2ml.f) well? dahina n~h I nas ~--.r; )'IJ I )''if?
Are you (Sg.2pol) well? d:;>hina D:;>WOt ~........ )'SJI.:'J?
Is everything okay? hullu d:;>hina n:;>w o-tr ~"''i' )'lD?
I'm fine. (lit. I'm well.) d:;>hina nann .(!. "''i' ,.., :
Thanks to God I'm fine. igzer yinun:;>sg:;>n h .., .. c ~Oil il'l'l
Have a nice day (Sg.2m/j). dahina wall way ~"''i' 'P t\ I 'P .e ''
(lit. (You, Sg.2mlf) Pass the day well.)
Have a nice day (Sg. 2pol). dahina yiwolu .'?."''i" ~'PI'r::
Have a nice night (Sg.~f). dahino (i)dari ~;r; (h)~~
(lit. Pass the night well.)
Have a nice night (Sg.2m). damna (i)dar R."''i" (h)R.C::
Have a nice night (Sg.2pol). damna (i)d:;>ru ~........ (h)R.?::
Thanks. (lit I praise) ammasaggi:nallahu ~.ootl'"l'i" t\rJ- ::
Thank you. (lit. God igzi?obher yinunasgan ~.'"lllhtMa.C
be praised.) .e 00 {1'1") u
Yes. a won hsP'l::
No. (lit he I it isn 't present.) y~llamm Vt\tJD::
No. (lit he I it isn't.) ayd~llamm h.eR.t\tJD ::
(No,) I won't imbi htJDa...
(Okay,) I will. issi hit::
(It's) Good t':i:ru (n~w) 1'? ()'aJ.)::
133
Appendix 18, continued
How much is the food? migibu sint n~w ,..., flo ~ .,.,.. )'CD-?
What is your (Sg. 2j) name? simi:s man n3w ~ V"'lr Oil") )' CD-?
What is your. (Sg. 2m) name? simih man n3w ~,.\1 ,.,. )OJ?
What is your (Sg. 2pol) name? simwo man n3w It 9",. , ") )' OJ?
My name is (Marta). sime (marta) oow It,., (.., C:l-) )' CJ)o II
My name is (Yohannes). sime (yohannis) DQW ~..,. (f"da")/t) )(Do::
134
Appendix 19
h1JIJ"1- A~
Prodigal Son
The following. Amharic text with phonetic writing and translation is the well known
Bible story of Luke 15.11-32, written .in simple Amharic for school children and
published in Addis Ababa in 1971.
h7~ flaJ. IJtM A7'!f )O~t :: :1-ll'if- A1: h'lt7 ~11LU ilh- f\OD)(I)o ::
and ~w hu1~tt liJo~~ n~boorut. tonna~u liJ abbatun indih bilo l~mm~n~w
A man had two children. The younger son begged his father saying thus: "Ohfather,
<d,IJt U'1- ''J,1~1 rJtr f\"'1\'t ll&.A;:Jf\rJc :: {U\ILU tl11HiiU ilm"1 :: >>
"abbate hoy ag~run hullu l3may~t if3lligall3hu. sil3zzih k3g3nzabih sit'3ibl."
I want to see all ofthe country. Therefore give me some ofyour money. " His father was
hiJ~ Ot~~fll hH) :: )1C "11 111101 f\A:( flm :: tl1't.~ tiL 0'!\'\ A~
abbatu b3t'am QZZ3n3. n3gQr gin gQnZQbUn l~liju SQtt'3. kQt'tqit gize oohwala liJu
very sad However, he gave his money to the boy. A short lime later the boy had taken all
11Htl-1 IJttr CDll~ m~ ?:P h1C Y,~ :: OllffD h1C f\illl- O,DDt O~li:J
gQnZQbun hullu WQSdo WQdQ ruq ag3r hed3. b3ziyam agQr 13bizu a~t b3d3ssito
the money and gone to afar country. He lived happily in ihat country for many years.
f\..&.A"' f\.&.L\"1 h7.P: 1fll. h1'1; 10l.aJ. illfo htaDIJ?-'f )O?.t :: fliLUfB
sif:;)llig sifQllig and gabQre agQiU'i:;). ggbarew btzu asamawo~c naboorut. bazihim
looked and looked for worA; he came upon a farmer. The farmer had a lot ofpigs. For
,-tn.rt \'1fll.m- ILt tltltdiJ(I)o ?'I> )f}l1: 10l.m- <<h.V. l\:(! JPt. hi\!
mikniyat. y:;)gQbarew bet k~katamaw ruq n3bbam. g3barew "ay liJe! sira allQ!
this reason the farmer's house was far from town. The farmer said, "Oh, my boy, there is
135
fllt h'ldlfsP7f -on- -i''(J)a :: co~ OIJ.'lco- 'L1:~ m-fi,,(J)a :: l.t,-
ya?ine asomowo(!c bizu noccaw. wacb medaw. hidinna t'abbiqa~~w. inenun
work! My pigs are many. Go to the meadow and look after them. And every day I will
nrto;. t.P'c ,..,...,. lln-r'la\rJo>> t.a\ =
bayy~q~nu ossir santim is~t'ihollQhu" alQ.
give you ten cents. "
hl"C lt1i!fD! COt. 1'1:! t.U 01.. itU 11C f'10l.(J)a (I(J)af,. ht1'1 Oft}
assir santim! WQY gud! yih bizu ~ih bir y~n:.:~bb:.:~~w s:.:~wiyye ahun ooyy:o~qQnu
Ten cents! So bad! This person who had many thousands ofdollars, shall he now get
hi"C f\1h,- 11~A? t.U 'tA~ (leo- not. ht1'1 hitO'JsPf1 1-mfi:JA?
assir sontim yagQnnoll? yih tilliq &'QW y:o~nQbbQm ohun osomowo~~in ytt'Qbbiqall?
ten cents each day? Will this person who was important now keep pigs? Does this person
.eu 'tAtr "JO'lf 11.l.1 (I(J)af. hiJ-1 fhltO'JsP7f 9""10 aufl'\'t 1-~A:JA?
yih tilliq gibm yodQITQga SQwiyye ohun YQ?osamowo~~ migib mQblot yifQIJigall?
who gave great feasts now want to eat the food ofpigs?
h11: t1 "J't A)l: l.1'l.U 111\- hOO:- <<Oh'li: ll.'t (I(J)a U<tr fDIJ.n'co-
ond QQD gin liJu i:ndih bilo assQoo: "oo?obbote bet SQW hullu YQmmibQqow
But one day the boy thought; saying "At my father's house everybody has enough food
Omco- ~= :1''\t A1: "11 RhCii )Ol. :: CD1. O.'r DD"r.Y. b11." UJ{,.t~ <<'-U
s~tt'Qw. tolloqu liJ gin oo?ir~a DQboo~. wadQ bet mQt'ito and sgratQilfio "yih
feast for him. He gave him a gold ring. But the older son was in the fields. Coming to the
136
fi1.P:1 )OJo?>> 11fro mft :: llrl.T 1111- g;a:'l\t )OliJ' :: IPt.t>r:'c&:-
mindin n~w?" bilo t'~yy3q3. k~bet bizu ~'uh3t n~boornnna. s~rat~nnaw:
house, he asked a worker, saying, "What is this?" There was indeed a lot ofshouting
oul\nl\t :: :t-"tt A1: '11 1-.Y.IIl'i" m.r. O.'t t\ou'1'1t hAm.r..r.r == hiJ"'
roo113s3li3t. tallaqu liJ gin mqott'anna ~d3 bet l~m3gbat alw3dd3d3mm. abbatu
father slaughtered a sheep and prepared a feast for him. " The older son was angry and
W'f.Y. W1., rl.T lt1.ct.1'1 1\0D)(I):: :J-'\t t\1: '11 <<lt)IT lt~ 1111- 'tou'l
~tt'ito w~oo bet indi~ba l~mm~n3w. tallaqu liJ gin "inn~ho ine bizu am~t
didn't want to enter the house. His father came out and begged him to enter the house.
h1~ 'ICY OILU,. },wt.I\IJo :: )'JC , , 0'1 1\h'& h"tl..P:U,- i '10'lf
ind3 barya b3zihimm is3ral13hu. D3~r gin ~g l3ne alall'Qdihim; gibw
But the older son said to him, "Look, I have worked here for many years like a slave. But
h"t.'.l."'\19"; fh'&1 HouA'f hAmt.UfP>> iltr oul\nl\t == h'l~ '11 <<AX.
alaoorl'Qghim; y3?inen Z3m~do~~ alt'3rrahim" bilo m3113s311~t. abbatu gin "li:Je
you haven 'I slaughtered a sheep for me; you haven't prepared a feast; you haven 'I
If'-! h'll IH\'UL hh'& ;:JC )U :: M,~ fiT) IN\ fh1t )(I) :: )1C
hoy! ant3 hulgize k~?ine gar n3h. l~?ine y3hOn3 hullu y37ant3 n3w. n3gar
invited my family. "But his father said to him, "Oh my son, you are always with me.
"11 '-U W11:fDU .,..y. )OC' m~ lt~ toot\{1 :: m~.Y. )OC; htn
gin yih W3ndimmih moto n3b~r; W3da.iMa ta1113ll~3. t'3fto n3b~r; ahun
Whatever is mine is yours. However this brother ofyours had died and has returned to
t1l,- :: 111\H.U )c& '1.-f)'tf 1~l'1&>> hl\c& ::
t;,ggiif.iamm. sil3zzih ngw gibm yadall'Qghu" al3w.
us. He was lost and now is found This is why I have prepared a feast. "
137
Appendix 20
~:PC ~flh oo?-tJC hiJJLit 'tt\..,ff}o
LolJe unto the Crypt by Haddis Alemayyehu
The following Amharic text with phonetic writing and translation is a selection from
the seminal Ethiopian novel published in Addis Ababa in 1969, pages 317-318 .
~fl'\it ::
~b~la~~u.
before.
''fA- - - fAfD! 'h"'!!.- - - ll- h,_- - - h,_!!..Ar!" hl\'i' 'h1!!.. IJ-A1.fL(J)e
"y~lla ... yallamm! inda ... ssu oy ... aydallamm!" alanna inda hulgizew
"Nn ... no! Nn ... not like that, " he said, and as alway he took her hand to have her
)\:E>cp.., ,.,. AcPJn~~ n,t. 1..,.., tl-fl -afro +t9"tn t.-1\t t\..,}1..., nt.t.:r
:i:JJiwan yizo lamass'afbg:i:ra gonwa ~rabb bilo mq~mt'o roqut kindun baroqut
write with him. Coming close, he sat at her left side and, passing his bare hand aver her
~tt'lfcr t,"Ac: ~ t'1 'h:E-Ifl1 t\ou111 h1.ctdDT(I)t A-flll-1 ttt'1 m11 mlt>t\A
ti:k~~~owoasallifo qaiiii i)jiwan lamayaz indim~ccaw J.i:bsun kaqat'itl wagan t'aqlal
bare shoulder, to take her right hand more easily he rolled up the sleeve ofhis right arm
h!!.."C.., W!!. 'rhiTlD< 14- li.I!!..C"':- fl(l)tnlll" tlt:J"m(\m- 'h ... ~. ft)... t'i!CJ'
adirgo wa<b tik~ssaw g~fa siyadarg:- bawist'u k~mqatt'~law isat y~bmssa taffino
and pushed it up toward his shoulder. When this uncovered the warmth ofthe fire
138
'rtllf'P1 t"'f hir. t"'f h~T1s 'rtrh 'r't4.1t ?tr:T1 h11'r-P1 n.~tat A'-
tikQsSa.won qQM iJJu qQiln :i:JJwan, tikkus tinfo~u Jorowan on~twan sillQkot liyyu
When his arm touched her shoulder and his right hand her right hand, his hot breath
ou-tt flD1~)-f=.
tJO<tt OJLU Uf\- OtrA h1~ ~1\bttll CdfhOA
muqQt y~nwndi:nnatu muqat rozzih hullu rokkul in<b elektrik mo?ibal
touched her ear and neck with a special warmth. the warmth ofhis manhood, and it was
tiJ.It. rHr s oa-tlf h1~"'Ld.t. ll'fr '1-111 Ot11t fJII:Pfl.1' s t11t Ot11t
tasarro hullu muqat indammifuro hullu tinn:i:s batinnis maqlat' tinn:i:s batinnis
pure beeswax, as if it feared all warmth, began little by little to melt and pour out. She
il;l-hOOJo f):f"11HOJo t.il-P 11i' d..'r,. m~ d..~ HlDC hfl.'i' h'i:T itl~.Y.
sattosbaw sattOZZQW raswo qano fitwo mdQ fitu ZQwarr o)Qnno afwo takQfto
thinking and without commanding it her head turned straight at his and, open, her mouth
,...., hf. f.fl.;t n. '~ ODD111: t1'i'"f == 1lrt..r h~cr hCilil'i' nc~....,
ygssun of fi:llggo sihed bamangad taganoiiiiu. bzziyo iJJoc~ irsasinna kirtasun
seeking his, their lips came together. Then her hands dropped the pencil and the pencil
1'fl.lD- h11is1; ,,..., h'}r.f filT1 tmr1'ooOJo tHm- hf.T ~~~ M q~cp
t'ilaw ongatun yassumm iJJo~ yasswon tat'gmt'tin.QW yiZQw ofwa bafu afu bafwa
box, and her hands wrapped around his neck. His mouth melted into hers and hers into
lD-il"f tfl.m. :: ~,... Oil'P hh'P 0& lD-h1' m~ :: IJofl.is ~'i'-.A IJ'fl.is
wist' qgllat'u. issu basswa isswo bassu wist' t'affu. hulattu danagil hulattu
his. They became lost, he in her and ;~he in him. The two virgins, the two pure ones,
'lR-'11:- 1-U1 fi'fl.t\i1 1-U1 ff11i1 1-U1 flnof. ~1C 1'-~ f'l~d.
nis'uhon:- yih.fn ya!QbQia~~a yihin yaqos~g~a yihin bQbfu DQg;,r yoddafu yagoddafQ
abandoned the soiled and dirtied world, hurt and stained by evil; they entered another
htlfD 1'1\co-:- m1. 1\..t\ t.tt.r m~11: hll.il hl\9" 1& == h'lt.'r "~ tttt.r
al~m t'ilaw:- wada lela alQm W-)dond addis alam gabbu. indet t'iru olam
world, a new world What a new world
139
)CD<! f~~C hl\~! taC h11J.l~ ~~C il?F hilll fOIJ.Ylt.O'r OJ1fl- ~lf'C
n~w! y~fiqir al~m! sar ine~tu fiqir bicca abbibo y~mmiyaf~rablr.:lt, w.mzu fiqir
it was! A world of/ave! The meadows and woods blossomed only with love, the river
'-ht hi\fO! hU' IJ-f\'r ftl4- lJUt\ fOCJl-q.'f h).f IJ-f\'r ftl<f. l\11111:
d~sta al~m! inniya hul~tt y~kifu bahll mirkonnocc inniya hulatt yakifu limad
happiness! These two captives of evil tradition, these two prisoners of evil custom, cut
hht..'P'f O'Jillf'fCD<1 +em co- ttmu tf'fco- hfOl\mco-:- tl4- hC''J. lJUl\
isr~nnocc ma~riyacc~win qort'aw k~wahlniyaccaw am~lt'~w:- kifu aroge bahll
their bindings and escaped from their captivity. They entered a world where the evil old
t\4- hi:'J. l\0'11: 01\.f\O'r ~R.fO OOIJ.etm'I'O'r hf\fO 111-:: ft\4- l\OIJ1:
kifu aroge limad oolelQboot fiss'um oomaytowwQqiboot al~m gabbu. yakifu limad
traditions and evil old customs were neither present nor known. They forgot the evil
{\tJ-t\1.tL O'i"<.! fO)ID- h1~..f ,f{\m- -r-:. fl\?P hM" m'-tlU tl<f. fiD-1
lahulgize b:morul minnaw kandiyo yollaw t'iru yalim al~m WQdazzih kifu yQwn
like that! If only they didn't have to return from the dream world to this wicked world!
140
Appendix 21
r h/r fhlt 1' .m 'lHJ h h 1\:P :1-f ., 1U. tBJ c.f',.,
;J- t. h
History ofthe Ethiopian People by Aleqa Tayye Gebre Maryam
The following Amharic'text with phonetic writing and translation is a selection from the
book first published in Addis Ababa in 1922, pages S0-51 of the 1971 edition.
141
MtOIJl. tl'f? hOIJC~ ti.HfDC ; tl'\'- VOIJ.lld'l hOIJC~ hl\11f\ 0(1)oil'f
azmari ~t'iru amariiiiia biz~mmir, oolay y~mmiss~mma amariMa alhlso oowist'
When he sings in good Amharic, a minstrel dresses up what is heard on the outside,
hOIIC~ OIJ(\t t1Ll.1~ *1* i''l\t..tt OIJM )(Do:: ill\H.U hdtft. fh.tf'lil
amariMa mal~t bafarnnJ qwonqwa pol~tika mol~t naw. silazzih amaro ya?ityopp'is
foreign languages, to speak Amharic is to speak politically. Therefore the Amhara is the
rt ... t. ... t.-et )(Do== hiltuLu nt-..Y. h~O\ aoS~tth~ rttS~ ~l.tt )(Do==
ya~sarro sarawit naw. iskazzih ka?ato as'me mas'ihaf yataqadda tarik naw.
as lord over the peasantry. That until now is history drawn from the book ofAto Asme.
ru Me :Jol.tt 'r::'lf rttOIIt. m11fl nm,_t h1'- 01111 hf(Oo~,. ::
yazziyo agar tarik s'ofocc ya?amam hizb kawadet in<b InQtt'a ayawqumm.
Historians ofother lands don't know where lhe Amhara people came from. It is said
142
h"''
amaro~~
r:' ~fl .lD.P. .h.:rf'~ 1 h'l '- oPIIl 1 nm1 ~ao. hhPa. ;JC t'P"'.Y. 1
yizo w~d~ ityopp'ya ind~ m~tt'a, k~w~ndimu k~?as'e gar t~wagto, dil
~A
when he came back to Ethiopia, he fought with and defeated his brother the emperor, and
ncilt1cr' m'ftt.m- h1'-.... <-fVr ~'i1t-A ~: ~u fi:P.-9" d,ot ~'l.r. lf'i 1 h.Y.
kristiyanoe~ ~qn;)w ind~s~rrull~t yinn~gg~ral. yih fiss'um has~t ind~ hon~. ato
country. That this is" all completely false, Ato Asme has well given the answer, having
~-r:-r ill\ h.tf'a.il'i' ill\ h.tf'~1 n~t;:'im- 1 no.r rrc, no,.tc A'f: 1
il'iiiam stl~ ityopp'isinna sil~ ityopp'ya ~s'afn~w k~sem z~r k~?ebor ltJ
Concerning Etiopis and Ethiopia, in what we have written we have demonstrated
143
PART3
LEARN TO READ AMHARIC
Introduction
Children learning their first language typically learn to read after age five, by which
time they have acquired basic knowledge of grammar and vocabulary, which makes
possible their learning to read the language. By contrast, adult learners of foreign
languages often try to learn the language and to read the language at the same time. This
is notoriously difficult, a violation of the proper sequence of learning for these naturally
ordered skills, and the cause of much failure in foreign language learning.
The matter is easier, however, for adult leamers of a language whose writing system
is similar to that of a European language which they already know. This is the case for
speakers of European languages who take up the study African languages such as
Swahili, Zulu, and Hausa, which have writing systems based on those of European
languages. Amharic, however, and as discussed in 5.1, has a writing system with a
history quite apart from and as old as that of European languages.
Good textbooks and language courses for adult learners of languages with non-
European writing systems, such as Arabic and Japanese, suppress the teaching of the
writing system until several weeks into the course, until the basics of the language have
been learned by oral methods and by use of a phonetic writing system. Fortunately
Amharic writing, fidel, can be used to write English, so learners of Amharic who read
English can learn fidel straightaway,. as a way to read English, without waiting to acquire
even basic knowledge of Amharic words and grammar.
Below are presented 25 exercises which teach the use of fide] for reading English.
Before starting these exercises, learners should thoughtfully read the presentation of the
forms and structure of the Amharic writing system in 5.2 and 5.3, and refer to this
when doing the exercises.
English may be written using fidel, except for three difficulties:
The fidel are used for six Amharic sounds which are absent in English: the five
glottalized ejective consonants ~ m., p' A, q .,., s' 'A./8, and t' m, and the sixth-order
vowel i.
There are a few English sounds which are absent in Amharic and have no standard
representation in fidel: the consonants [6] of throw, [CS] of this, and several vowels includ-
ing [re] the vowel of cat and [1] the vowel of this.
The Amharic palatal nasal consonant if 7 occurs only in the middle of English
words including canyon and onion (spelled ny or ni), and the Amharic voiced aJveo-
palatal fricative z 1f occurs in only a few English words (from French), including genre,
145
measure; and rouge. These words are too infrequent to enable useful practice in the
exercises below.
Thus the following exercises do not include practice with fidel of the six Amharic
sounds absent in English, or with the fidel of II and i. But these should be readily learn-
able later, after mastery of the twenty-six fidel-of sounds which regularly occur in both
Amharic and Engli~.
After learning the fidel taught in these lessons, students may move on to the fidel for
the seven Amharic consonants absent or rare in English, by studying words in the
Amharic-English wordlists which begin with the sounds c' "" p' A, q 1", s' & I B, and t'
m, and, eventually, Amharic words with II 1, and z1f.
For writing the English sounds not in Amharic, in later exercises we substitute fidel
for Amharic near-equivalent sounds. In fact these substitutions are those which Amharic
speakers typically use when they pronounce English words with these sounds, for exam-
ple, rl.~ [zis] for English this [CJ1s] and "\-a [lab] for English lab [lreb].
Answers to the exercises are provided beginning on p. 174.
~=~~~-;
a
b ~If
a- - a. , ~
-a:-- .q ..-
--r-
,..
- ""([-- --~---- --...- - - .ij.-00 . !" .. ,_ ,..
-;r-- _ on:--
00 .. Ji- _...... 00 1\. "11 u 11- --
J ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
k
----~---_A
h
_______.. __
h-
tr
h.
. --/\.- ----~-
't]
.. ----A.
h. ra-
tr
OO - ... ,._, ___ - ----. 00. --00 0 0 0------ ----
a ............w- ... jr ,r .. ;y --- --n----w--
oo ........
s
r . . w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
Vowels other than :1 are represented as modifications of the fidel of the column of :1, in
patterns discussed in 5.3.1. Notice that one two-legged fidel, tr lo, is an exception to the
pattern of other consonants + o.
Study the patterns of vowel marking in the table above, and then, if possible WITHOUT
reference to the table, identify the vowel (one of~. u, i, a, e, o) of each of the following
fidel 1-60. If you know the consonant, write it too. H:owever, the goal is to recognize the
l46
patterns of vowel marking, so included in this exercise are a few consonants not shown in
the table above, but which follow the patterns.
English words beginning with z, written in Amharic with fidel of the set of H, are few,
and none appear in the words above.
147
3. Reading words written with twolegged fidel
A. What are these English words written in Amharic and ending with t, written + in:
Amharic? The first answer in each row is given.
B. What are these English onesyllable words ending with n, written 1' in Amharic? The
first answer in each row is given.
C. What are these English onesyllable words ending with d, written ~ in Amharic? Only
the first answer is given.
148
D. What are these English one-syllable words which have no final consonant, and end in
a vowel? The first answer is given.
This exercise presents groups of English one-syllable words consisting of one of the
above fidel followed by word-fmal +t, for example )'+nut. In each group offive match
words written in Amharic with words written in English. Words with two-legged fidel are
t.ncluded as review. The firSt answer is given.
149
D. Words with vowel a E. Words with vowel e F. Words with vowel o
16. ,,. a. tot 21. ~,. a. bait 26. .,,. a. coat
17. 'i""r b. knot 22. 1.-'r b. eight 27. .,..,. b. oat
18. ,,. c. yacht 23. ,..,. c. Nate 28 ......,. c. tote
19. :r+ d. pot 24. a.+ d. hate 29. ,.,. d. note
20. :1-+ e. got 25 ......,. e. gate 30. l'llf e. goat
Few English one-syllable words begin withy; only yacht was included in the practice
above.
150
16. Words with vowel e 1.")
17. Words with vowel o ,,..,.
D. What are these English words with no final consonant but ending in a vowel? The first
answer is given.
i"'
21. ""
Following are groups of English one-syllable words consisting of one of the above fidel
and word-final+ t, for example oo'r mutt.
Recall that VN, dt/dJ, and...,/":~, and '1l are all read as [ha]. Only 1l can be read as
[h~] so hut must be written 11+ while hot may be written v+, Y"r, m"r, ..a..:r, ....,.,., and
":J"r.
In each group below match words written in Amharic with words written in English.
Words with one and two-legged fidel are included as review. The first answer is given.
151
4.n+ d. mutt 9.......... d. toot 14. "1.+ dmeat
5.1\+ e. nut 10. n-:r e. suit 15. Y."r e. heat
B. What are these English one-syllable words ending in m, written 9" in Amharic.
152
C. What are these English one-syllable words ending with z, written 1f in Amharic?
, 2
I -
a ~~a) ~ ---~
... ~.(a). t----"---1----t
.. ~ . f. ._:-.~-~- fr__.. ~
' 3 b -~---- - -~ . --~-- l- ,, 0~ J.. -o~ .... --_I_!_ ..
4
5 ~
d T
'i -,.
j;
ooo-
.. 0
Oo
. 00_~- i' ;.:
~-
:,:
.. - ... O~ !
-~-..
2f.... ... ---
~
oo~- -
153
:} u i a ! e (i) o
13 k h h. h. t) j---~ h fl
14 I 1\ --~------ 1\. "' A----- tl.-'----~ -
1----7--15::-+--'-m-+-,-=-- Dt Dt l1fl OIJ. oP 'I'"
- . - --- - - - . -. . " .. ------ - -------
16 n )" t- t ") ~ 'i' ':'
ll t ~ ~ t + ~ ~ +
n w ~ & ~ m ~ ~ ~
._i_~-._-~-J,___...;;.:;;.____
,._1_!_ ~ ~ : - ---{----- -~----
Following are the eight fidel sets of sounds which do not have English equivalents
(26-31) or whose English equivalents are rare (32-33), and which are thus absent in these
exercises which use the fidel to write English. Notice, however, how they fulfill the
patterns of vowel modification. Only one fidel, that for .d'a, is exceptional to the patterns;
this, however, is like that ofna, 'i'.
r-----~F---~---=l--zi--
~~ c_ . ~ 1- ~
T- i-
. ~
r- a
I ~
r- --~-----~r;y-;~--- o
~- ~ ... ""'
=' .
~~- P.'
~- _g_r----f---
l . ; ~- l-----
~- ~-
----::----+-----!---
Z .~-
;~ s' -+-- ! ~ --1----i--.. ~ : ~
Jfl ~----- .t . . ; . _,___1C-'---_.___v-=--__.__~----'
. . . . ~- ~----~:_; - -~ . . ----~---. . . . n
lo....;:3=3_.l_z_,..l.._..,.
_ ___.__1f
_ ~-- ! I ..........
154
9. Recognizing members of the fidel sets
This exercise is to sharpen perceptions of the patterns of formation of the fidel and to
reco~ exceptions to the patterns. Find one mistaken fidel in each row oft~e following
table. The first columnis all correct
The exercise is just to sharpen your perceptions and not to test memory or mastery of
the fidel, so you may refer to the fidel tables (especially Table 5.14, p. 109), The cells of
the mistaken fidel in the first two rows are marked by dark outlining.
~ u i a e (i) o
1 h (a) tt 11. ._ h. la h
2 a 0 (a) o- a. 't 't. 11 p
3 b a & a q ~ ~ r
4 c T
-s~;rr--"i:----1!--
~ ~ ~
--4..-- . . . ~~----- -~------~-------"A--
~ ~ ~
.6 z
---d.-- ---4.: .. -- --~-- ......~. -- ----;c:-- r--- "i""- -r- .. - ~ --
_]__ g_,_ __.,___ r--;_. -~--- ......2. --- . __!__ -. .. 1-.. . . - ...,. ---
8 IJ {iiaJ rJ- 1 "I Y. V U.
r-9 th 'ha m- dt. dJ -- r- th. --1-- ih th
-10 h ~r---;o;:--~~--- ;J .... ... .rr
~
12 ""f.. ~
--:;:. . .. .. . ~ u
ji!"'"' .. -":(
~
)I'
~
--~-- ...
~
-~--
~
- .........~---
~~-':-+-- . ---- - - - - - ----- ..-----
!!--+---~------ ~---1 ~---1--~ ... - ~ + ~
! ..... . .
Ts ,- -,. ji;... --d{ -- ... ,.,._. --ii!.' ... ..m.. ;;--.. . .
-1'6" --,; .... -----~- ..... --,;.-....... --f---.. ..,............. "'i"" ..........-;;-......... qo
17 p T "F "[ ;J" 1: 1" ,;
18 r t. "'- /, t. t. 4. r:
"f9 - r-----tl- ... ---i).-------tl- _.. _4-- ----it.:" -------h- --'"(1"""'-
------ s ---- - ------. --------- --- ......... ___ .. ___ --------. --- .. -----
w ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
21 ! "if 7J. n: 'II' n.
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---------- -- .. -:----1------f---:::-~
7f rr
r-7.2 __(___ -~- . _......~-+----1: ..... . . . ! ______ ______!__ ........ _?__ !_ -
~ W -~ & ~ ~ ~ ~ 0
r-=--:--r--- - : - ----t---. .-- -----
I
- t - - - - _ _ ..______ _
155
r--
-
f} u i I a e (i) 0
------
26 c' Q;J, IJJl m. I ..It - tJJ;- 1." (;A.
2s
27 if
r------ ---
p'
1
A
.,.
7-
A.
'I
A..
I
-I
-r:-
~
"i
A.
'"f
A" ,.
1-
29
30
Q
s'
~
--
<I!
R.
1!
~
:1" --
,
~ I
re
R.
tp
Jt'
+,.
Tt 8 fJo 8~ t f) I'
.,.
-~~--
32
33
t'
z
m
1f
Ill'
--OM
m.
1( '1f
n) m.----
1t:
QJ.
'fr .,.
fll
Some English names with biblical sources have Amharic cognate equivalents.
Following are a few of these.
156
12. Mnemoni.:s for the fidel
The following mnemonics, or memory aids, have been suggested by students as helpful
for recalling the sound associated with a fidel. Interpretation of some of the mnemonics is
not very obvious; however, strangeness can be useful as an aid to remembering. Try to
think of your own mnemonics - something which the fidel looks like or makes you think
of. Often the more personal and imaginative your mnemonic, the more effective it is as a
jog to memory.
157
13. V arlo us words for practice
Following are some English one-syllable words written in Amharic. Words of each row
end in a particular consonant written as a sixth-order fidel. The answer is given for the
first word in each row. What are these words?
"'"""
4.~
route
food
llT
a-+
flo~
.h-1"
.,.
=Ji~
VT
a-+
"'"~
10. Words rhyming with loom .CS.IJD doom ?IJD UoiJD ,,.,..
11. Words rhyming with June 11-'"1 soon tJDo') ~
,..,.,
12. Words rhyming with loose tJDoh moose )'oh ~h ~h
16. Words rhyming with theme l,'}'l ream tLIJD II.IJD i:IJD
17. Words rhyming with bean t\') lean Oil.') Uf.') it?
18. Words rhyming with cease t\h lease 7.h "Ch th
158
21. Words rhyming with mod t-Il: rod ll!l: '?!!: :1-Jl:
22. Words rhyming with job DY-a mob 11-a '\-a ll-11
'-
23. Words rhyming with Lon t)') con ,II') :(") &.')
24. Words rhyming with dock '\tl lock C?tl &.h ifh
159
H. More words with vowel u
43. Words rhyming with boo .-,. who ~ l}c 7f
44. Words rhyming with tool 4-1!\ ?A II-A "FA
45. Words rhyming with dues ~11 ~11 11'11 f\o11
M. The following words begin with a vowel, written with the fidel sets of h or o. What
are these words?
N. Words with two final consonants. The following words end in lwo consonants written
with sixth-order fidel, for example ni'l:r bust, and :q:A11 Jules. Recall that a sixth-order
fidel may be pronounced with or without the vowel i. What are these words?
83. Words rhyming with leans ,..,_ ~11 .11.~11 I'L~11 )[~11
161
14. Match woi:ds in groups ofS
Match English words 1-5 written in Amharic with a-e the words written in English
Match 6-10 with f-j, etc. The first answer is given.
162
15. Match words in groups oflO
Match English words 1-10 written in Amharic with a-j the words written in English
Match 11-20 with k-t, etc.
163
16. Match to word clues in groups of 5
Match 1-5 clues to English words with a-e the words written in Amharic. Match 6-10
with f-j, etc.
1. _ andevery a. h.:P
2. body t;J[ water b. lH"
3. waterbird c. fl")
4. what very solar system has d. ~h
5. clothing e. 1\.h
164
26. strange a. C9'1
27. look at a target b hY:
28. city in Italy c. ce
29. ~ as subject ofsentence d. h.~
2. Father b. CPJ..
3. Throw seeds c. h.
4. Opposite ofstay d. '
5. One on each leg e. '\
6. First letter f. );
7. Instrument for opening g. 1::
8. Note qfter so h. 1b
9. Same as 'I' i. 1
10. Female sheep j. ;J"
16. Line p. It
17. Lookand q. n.
__ -18. Night and_ r. C
__ 19. Enemy s. f}-
165
21. Cow sound u. fl-
22. Mother v. 7t'
23. Female deer w. (JD<
29. To be or not to c. ll
__ 30. Not high d. 'i"
166
p "[tl .;rn ..Ten T7 "FA
R ~-~ C!!: t.-11 C-1111 l.ll.,.
s li.IJD ..,_.,. I"T ,..,. fl')
If. A
167
37. +t;: 47. lth 57. n11
38.~ 48. re:t~ 58.?~
A. Days
lli',.. 011"),_ 'i:t..e,_ 'fi'll,_ ll.,_C,_
B. School subjects
d.If. hit hC'r h. 0 !. It "r l. 'l/tf-l, l},.e."){t
C. Sports
4-.:'fl)" VtL i:tlt fll\")'1 ILitiJ"
D. Body parts
h.ell h..tt.t 7ftt.se.c C:.C'Lse. lfh(l")
E. Languages
~CoPi' l.'lri' t;:t.")2f +ctt'lr l).'lh
F. Foods
Itt;: ;f.htVI 1-l. i':t~ h.e.P"hi,9" h.h
G. Drinks
'lf.JP Dfi.Ah l'I'Jfl'\ 1:Til. 'P+C
H. Places
rTi:A n.i'h u:tM :rch -{ll,~
I. Parts of a house
'f")~ :e 9"t n.lt oo.,..,. ;Jt,.~ tL~i'
J. Planets
n. )'it "''C'II 'li C7 T/\--f ~l.)ia
Amharic has some of the above words, but not with the same pronunciations as English.
French, for example, is A.l.7"t.e in Amharic; chocolate is :Y:fl'\"r, and bank is IJi'h. For
some ofthese words, see exercise 23, on 'International words'.
168
21. Word sequences
A. The following words 1-25 are a sequence. What is missing in the sequence? Write it
using Amharic fidel. Recall that vis spelled R in Amharic (a of b with a line over).
B. What are words 26-44? Some of the words have Amharic fidel of the set of ll as
substitutes for English th, the first consonant of thin, a sound absent in Amharic. Again
one word is missing in the sequence. Write it as number 45.
1. DireDawa a. '\t\ll'\
2. Meqele b. CDt\,{1
3. Gonder c. hhflofD
4. Adwa d. 'I"YIL
5. Lalibela e .,..., Je. C
6. Wolisso f. dtl.C
7. Moyale g. OD.,./L
8. Aksum h.,.~.,
169
11. Arba Minch k. $t-Ill. 1111 c+II
A. Electronics
h.l\.h't&h
-1:1\.t::'t
B. Sports
Y~ :(rT rTh.
lil\.tA 1A
C. Occupations
7"fl.h
1.:~~A
D. Places
t.hof~7+ :rcn
11C rTi:A
170
IJ")h i!tli.Cil.1: h.SJBIJ(L hit'l'h IJC
'b'\+"t it~.,..,. h.II:J-~5!,.. "[ .f'i)
E. Countries
tt.n.r h.?.f' h"l"lf\11 trJfL.f'"}'
4-l..?i)t. lr;J"l.CS ~Cdll'l (ltllfA1
"ll..h ,....,. 1\0IJ.&tl h/1;1''1
of:.Ch h.ilt.h.A DIJ.hf\.11 "'t7"'i
F. Brand names
ttlf'\ fit 'i"if'i"t.\ 'i".e.h.
~A1"it fth ~"t"li\C 1\IVIit
ll.r."'i"l 1111h "''Ct.\111: 'E?lt+?
;I'ChC 't1"tl. :(i'tll. ).')")
G. Government
(I 'if1\.11,. t) "[;1-{\. ., , . ?"1\tt'l &rnf\.n
h.l1qt01J.. I\. t t 1f,., ltC'h~tl. h..')JI.ft+&
11,.,. t 11,. h..')ifta?lt 4-?t11fD II. 'r"h ~tl.
I. Cars
.P.f';l- liAhlt'P1? tllf1f II 'tl"
t:=C-': lit.\li IIIICT.II.It "\.,. ~ C' lfc
~.r+ "\II f-q' ).')')
J. Persons
'i"TI\.f'"l ":11.1\ ~'\{L ;J')JL ~1A
171
K. Miscellaneous
tt-+6 t\+c 1'114. :1"7h
h111"l.,') n.,.._,.+c d.A+C h CIJcf-,.,.
"r&.d..h hl)of.Ai'- ll.Oil..,..,. ~+
11+6 11.'}11.") h,_C'T'\'l ;1-hll.
t::f- t\f!i'- DIJ.+c ,..,..,,.
24. Cities of the world
What are these sixty cities, as written in Amharic? The Amharic pronunciation of a city
name may differ from that of English.
1. ;r t,i) 6. ll..r+A 11. ~LIIIf
172
25. Tlze Little Prince
Following, in English written in Amharic fidel, are the first few lines of The Little Prince,
by Antoine de Saint-Exupery. English soWids not in Amharic are written with the fidel of
their nearest Amharic equivalents. 'The little', for example, is written If 1\+l\. The title
and author's name are written phonetically.
l. CP.'l ""' .,.., tllth P-elf J.A~ h~ ~m- h. ,.,.,t.i.;n~ "'O=Fc h.7 h.
a-n ttA~ "~"" ~n.Y.t.1f ~~,., ~=Fe" 1 h'lm-~ n T t-~,..h.lfA r::l.h..,. ::
h.,. m11 n. 'Dl=Fc h-li n. ,..,. tth..,.~h+c h.7 11 hh,. Mi ncr/\-C7.,
h. '\C~ h tout\ u
afD men cen h. 1:7flA h.e flhll..t"...ct" h.7 ,.,_h.'l., Dll~ 4.ch,.
.ct"t.'l!'l., :: tllf.e .ct"t-'1!7., .,,.ac m") :: h..,. 1\<h"r '\~h ll.h ==
4. h.e "fl.ct" tllf.e "''h+cl: h "" ~c:'l-7iTn h'l.ct" hilh'r rt.fD rene ll
~t.'e7., ~t..e+7~ 11.,.::
173
Answers to the Exercises
A. 1. d B. 6. d c. 11. c
2. a 7. e 12. e
3. c 8. b 13. d
4. e 9. c 14. b
5. b 10. a 15. a
174
c. 13. bud dud Jud cud
14. dude lewd sued shoed booed
IS. bead deed heed lead seed
16.odd cod sod shod
17. aid jade laid shade bade
18. owed code hoed load showed
A. 1. e B. 6. c c. 11. c
2. c 7. d 12. e
3. d 8. b 13. a
4. a 9. e 14. b
5. b 10. a 15. d
175
D. 18. knee tea pay go hoe sea/see
19.no gay bay chew he hay/hey
20. new you to/too/two toe goo so/sew
21./ay ohlowe zoo nay who show
A. 1. d B. 6. c c. 11. a
2. a 7. d 12. c
3. e 8. a 13. d
4. c 9. e 14. b
5. b 10. b 15. e
176
22. nollcnow fee oh he see/sea she
23.go knee low bow hay/hey mow
8. Recognizing patterns
..
(f. )
CD
6. &. ( cf. ) 16. ). ( 'i' ) 26. 1f (., )
7.~ (.,. )
8. u. ( , )
17.
18.
7-
;r
(..,... )
(~)
27.
28. ,.
dt (
(,. )
)
177
B 7./oop soup coop hoop
8. route suit shoot boot
9./ood sued chewed rude
10. doom room boom zoom
11. soon moon tune noon
12. moose noose use juice
178
41.rude sued food mood
48. moor your lure poor
179
14. Match words in groups of 5
180
4. i,go 9. b, me 14. n, D
5. f, knee 10. d, ewe 15. p,Z
181
23.peas 28. cUff 33. moat 38.judge
24.bus 29.face 34. ease/E's 39. beef
25.fool 30. cake 35.pot 40. deer/dear
A. 25 words
l.D 6.X 11. H 16.0 21. Q
2.K 7.J 12. B 17. E 22.1
3.M 8.F 13. z 18.R 23. y
4.W 9.G 14.L 19.S 24.A
5.N 10.P 15. v 20.C 25. T
B. 20 words
26. nine 36.one
27. thirteen 37. ten
28. eighteen 38. sixteen
29. eleven 39. three
30.two 40.five
31. seven 41. twelve
32. nineteen 42.fifteen
33. six 43.four
34.four/een 44. eight
35. seventeen 45. ,.'e.,.t
182
22. Cities and towns of Ethiopia
l.i 11. r
2.g 12.t
3.e 13. q
4.h 14. 1
5. a 15. s
6. b 16.m
7.d 17.k
8.c 18.n
9.j 19.0
10. f 20.p
183
I. Cars: Toyota Volkswagen Mazda Peugeot
Ford Volvo Mercedes Land Rover
Fiat Lada Renault Nissan
46. Kampala (Uganda) 51. Dar es Salaam 56. Abu Dhabi (UA.E.)
41.Athens 52. Dallas 57. Addis Ababa
48. Cairo 53. Kigali (Rwanda) 58. Harare (Zimbabwe)
49. Chicago 54. Manila 59. Sydney
SO. Dakar (Senegal) 55. Abidjan (Ivory Coast) 60. Rio de Janeiro
1. When I was six years old I saw a magnificent picture in a book called ''True Stories
from Nature" about the primeval forest. It was a picture of a boa constrictor in the
act ofswallowing a large animal.
184
2. The book said that "Boa constrictors swallow their prey whole without chewing!
After that they cannot move and they sleep through the six months which they need
for digestion. "
3. I pondered then deeply over the adventures of the jungle. After some work with a
pencil I succeeded in making my first drawing. My drawing number one. It looked
like this.
185
PART4
WORDLISTS
Amharic-English & English-Amharic
CAUTION! Words rarely if ever have perfect equivalents in other languages, and many
words have special, idiomatic, or atypical meanings or usage which cannot be presented
even in lengthy dictionaries or, especially, in wordHsts like these. All the variants and
irregular forms of words cannot be shown. For more complete dictionaries of Amharic,
see the list of books provided on pp. 25-27.
~--,---_1-~------_;,- I 'q-l- -a
I ; -!'-j_j_
1---P---r- p'I
_
_U q I r s I
s' - 1 1 t I - t ' -;,-l
---v--+t--.,_w y _T_z_____ -i--l
187
CITATION FORMS of regular Amharic verbs in the Amharic-English wordlist are
Sg.3m. past forms, as in most other dictionaries, and their English translations in the
Amharic-English wordlist are past-tense verbs. Citation fonns of regular English verbs in
the English-Amharic wordlist are, however, infmitive forms (those used with to, for
example be of to be), as in other dictionaries, and their Amharic translations are Sg.3m.
past forms.
PREFIXES. AND SUFFIXES of Amharic words are often marked in the English-Amharic
list, by hyphens, for example: a-m:Jtt 'a 'brought', fw-:M-:~iiiia 'horseman', and y:~-t:~
l:mzm:x/:1 'accustomed, customary'.
188
Amharic - English
h"''C~- ~")'1 t\ 11~
189
aJJa h'lf oats (n)
akafa hi'Jof. shovel (n)
ak.al h I'JA body, body part (n)
oGb}x}:m hhUl. respected, honored (vt)
akist hhl)i- aunt (nj)
akkababi hi'J'Ja. surroundings, su"ounding area (n)
akk~l~ hh/\ equaled (vt)
afuma (B-type) hhoo treated (vt)
alammat'a h'\tJIItn chewed thoroughly (vt)
ala ht\ said (vt)
alam -t /\,., world (n)
alam aqq~f -tt\9'" h.,.IJ: international (aqj)
alaqq~~ ht\.,.ll cried, wept (vi)
alga lal\;J bed (n)
alga waro~ hl\;J CDt,.'ir crown prince (n)
alla~~~w h'\=Fm- they have (ht\- + obj. pron. -h=Fm-)
al1-a~~ihu hoi\'FtJ< you (PI) have- (ht\ + obj. pron. -h'f'll-)
allot h'\:r she has (hi\- + obj. pron. -ht-)
alia hi\ present, he I it is- (vi)
allaN h 1\4. passed (vi)
all~h ht\'IJ you (Sg.m) have (hi\- + obj. pron. -'IJ)
oll~mQ h 1\011 dreamed (vi)
allan hi\? we have (hi\-+ obj. pron. -?)
oll~M ht\"1 Ihave(ht\- +obj.pron.-'1)
all~qa hi\.,. ended, finished (vi)
alia~ ht\'lr you (Sgj) have (hi\- + obj. pron. -7r)
allaw ht\CD- he I it has (hi\- + obj. pron. -CD-)
ollawot hl\sP:r you (Sg.pol) have (hi\- + obj. pron. -.JP:r)
amariilda htiiJC~ Amharic (language) (n)
ambo h9'"1J flat-topped mountain (n)
amallat'a hDIII\m escaped (from) (vi)
om~n;;,-t~ h Dill.+ harvest (vt)
omab mihi:mt -t011+ ,..ut.:r A.D., Christian era (lit. Year ofGrace)
amatt'a ht111111 brought (vt) (lit. caused to come; 011111 came)
ammassala hOIJilt\ stirred (vt)
amm~ma- (+ obj. pron) hoooo- was sick (impers. v)
a:mrnan~ hOD,. believed (vt)
ammist h,.l)'f- five (YJ)
amoro htfD&. large bird such as vulture, hawk (n)
anot'i h'i"m. carpenter (n)
anbassa h'ldtl. lion (n)
onci h't= you (Sgj)
~ h'l~ 0~
anooiliio h?~": first
190
andand h7JI')~ afew, some (lit. one-one)
andand ~wocc h7J17~ llPI':If some people (n)
andinn~t h'J~)',. unity, oneness (n)
amboob~ h)'aa read (vt)
an~ffa~ h)'4.fl winnowed by throwing grain into air (vi)
an~gga~ h )1W made king, crowned (vt) ()1UJ was king)
a~ssa h)'"' picked up (vt)
.angat h'l1'1- neck(n)
ano~ h'l'l. put away (vt)
anta h'J.,. you(Sg.m)
antu h7il you (Sg.pol)
ailmka (B-type) h"fh chewed (vt)
aqatt'~l~ h,.ml\. burned (vt)
aq3rmoo h"Pt.a .served; brought near (vt) ('tl.n approach (vlj)
aqom~ h.fotJD stood (up) (vt), caused to stand, parked (car) (vt)
aqo~~a~ h+i'fi'f dirtied, made dirty (vt)
aqqafQ h't4. embraced, hugged (vt)
aqqot'at'~r h+tfJmC way qf counting (n) (.,.ml. counted (vt))
aqqwa~t~ h,t:l.m crossed, cut across (vt)
aro~ g~oore ht.'fi 1a1. plowman, farmer (n) (hl.ll plowed (vt))
a rot ht.:r four (n)
arb ~ca Friday (n)
arba hC11 forty (n)
orbal'hla hen~ patriot (n)
a~bba bred, raised (animals) (vt)
amt\Q~g~r sentence (of language) (n)
arnm weeds (n)
am~ma hl.IIOO lengthened, caused to be long (vt)
aroge ht:L old (of things, not people) (adj)
arragg~oo ht.1n fanned (vt)
arrnfa hl.d. rested, (airplane) landed (vlj
arrnma hl.llfl weeded (vt)
arm~ hl.ll plowed (vt)
asa ~"I fish (n)
asama h'lDII pig(n)
asayya h'lV showed (vt) (lit. caused to see: hh+h r)
asdannaqa hh~)''P surprised, amazed (vt)
aslfuoo ggat'a hh~nm startled, surprised (vt)
asdassac hh~'l~ interesting (adj)
aS<bssata hh~ll.,. pleased (vt)
asallim hllnt. intoxicated, made drunk (vt)
asfaffa hlt'f.'f. widened (vi)
asfurro hh4.t. frightened (vt) (d.t. was afraid (vi))
191
as get'a hi.,'l.m decorated, adorned (vt)
osgobiiin hA11f1 tourguide (n) (1a"f visited (vlj)
osnassa hA., PI started, waked up (vt) (lit. caused to rise)
oscp~t';J hll.,.oam put away, set, placed (vt)
osro and "'!Pt. h")~ eleven (n)
osro hul;Jtt "'!Pt. rJ-1\T twelve
OSS;JOO ht'la thought (vt)
OSS;JOOddo hll'i"JI prepared, got ready (vlj
OSS;JJ.":.) hill. tied, imprisoned (vlj
assir "'JP C ten (n)
ostoW\\QS;J hll;lma reminded (vt)
Ost;JmOI";J hh+"7l. taught (vt)
astamori hh,."'' t, teacher (n)
asbwaW\\Qqo hh+'PlD1" introducedTvt) (hm1" knew (vlj)
os'e h'J. emperor (n)
os'oodo MVI cleaned, made clean (vi)
okar hi'l'hc servant (n)
otld It I atak.Ht hTht\'l-/l,:l1lt\'l- vegetables, -&fruits (n)
ato h.Y. Mr.
ot'arro h111t. filtered, purified (vt)
at';Jg;;lb hm1a adjacent to, next to (lf~j: hm"HI next to a tree)
at'omm;Jd;J hmoo~ snared, trapped (vt)
at'aqqa hm:l" attacked (vt)
at'ir h1'C fence (n)
att;Jm;J (B-type) ,...,.,.. printed, published (vt)
att'a hill lacked, lost, missed (vt)
att';Jb;J hma washed (vt) (:lma wa.~hed .~e/f)
ott'gfo hmd. folded, turned down (vt)
att'om hml. was short (vi) (h~C short (adj))
awosg h'Pil lent (not money) (vt)
owarro hmt. gossiped (about) (vi)
owarrncb hmt.SJ. brought down (vi} (tDl.SJ. .descended (vi,))
owasso hQJil reminded (vi) (QJ'l remembered (vt) (B-type))
a won hfP1' yes
owrodoro hCD-t. J(C rooster (n)
owro t'ot hlD-t. 111'1- thumb (n)
owre hlD-l. wild, undomesticated animal (n)
owropp(')a J,m-c~ I hlD-C: :r Europe (n)
owropp(')awi hlD-C~#f I hm-c:;J'#f European (n)
owropp(')owiyon hm-c~#f.r") I htJJoC;F#f,f") Europeans (n)
owmqg OQJ1" knew (vt)
OWWc)sa (B-type) hCDil remembered (vi)
oyot h.f+ grandparent, grandfather, grandmother (n)
oydgllgm ht,SJ,I\tpt he I it is not {vi)
192
ayn 't.e'l eye (n)
ayn::)t 't .e)'+ kind, type (n)
ayt' h.e~ rat, mouse (n)
ayy~ hf saw (vt)
ayy~r hfC air (n)
ayy~r hayl hfC ":J.et\ air force (n) (;).et\ power (n))
ayy::)r marrag::)biya hfC "'1&.1U.Y fan (n)(h&-1n fanned (vt))
ayy:,)Tffi::)n~d hVC OD"/1?: airline (n)
OZffi::)fQ h11ou&. harvest (n)
ayzoh h.eflu Cheer up! (cry of encouragement)
azzaz hlf1r director, boss (n) (hllll ordered (vt))
azmgaJJ~ hlf;J:( prepared, got ready (vt)
azml~ hill\ carried on the back (e.g. a child} (vt)
azmn::) hll )' mourned, grieved (vi)
azmz;> hlflf ordered (vi)
azzo hi' crocodile (n)
a~~ (B-type) h1f oozed (vi)
193
b~gimmit 11'7,.+ approximately
b~hwala II ">a'\ later (lit. at back)
haJJ~ (B-type) n'J! was suitable for (vt)
oolla n"\ ate (vt)
oomolla 11,..'\ fully, completely
ooqatt'ita n.,.-r:l- directly (lit. with directness)
ooqi 111! enough (n)
baqlo lllf>l'\- mule (n)
ooqqa n:J" was enough (vi)
1Jar}Jgrre neat. hot pepper, ground hot pepper (n)
b;,re at. ox(n)
~rado Ill.~ ice, hail, snow (n) (Ill,_ was cold (vi))
IJQI'Qha nt..Y desert (n)
OOI'Qra lilt. flight (ofairline schedule) (n) (lll.l. flew (vi))
ooi'Qt nt..:r pen, animal pen (n)
ooi'Qtta Ill.:#' was strong (vi)
oomos IIC'l'lt hooded woolen cape (n)
b~rr nc doorway, door (n)
b~rra nt- lighted I glowed, was -; was on (light) (vi)
bam~ Ill., was cold (offood, etc.) (vi)
lrclmi'Q lll.l. flew (vi)
lrcltai!'anunari n.,. Q;J,t''"' additionally (+"LOll/.. was added (vi))
b~t:;;layyimm n+l\~,.. especially (1\f separated (vt))
b~~n~ (B-type) n+t scattered (vt)
oot'am lllfl,.. very
ooyy~- ar- each, in each, in every
lrclyya?agara(!~w
ooyyaqanu a,.,.,..
llfh"lt.TaJo each in their country (h1C country (n))
(on) every day(.,.? day (n))
oozza nr was (too) much, was excessive (vi)
bira n.t. beer (n)
biro n.c office (n)
billawa n."\,. knife (n)
bii!oo -n?J! only, just
bii!oowin ll?f!aJo") alone
biherawi 11th.t.' national (adj)
bilhat 11AY:r cleverness (n)
billo 111'\- he, saying (Sg.3rn. converb of hi\ said)
bire'iqo 1JC1!-+ glass (n)
bird -tiCS': cold (temperature) (n)
birat lll.'r metal (n)
birle -tiC I\. glass vessel for drinking t'aJJ (n)
birr -tiC Ethiopian dollar, silver (n)
birr ant'ari -ac h?~r~t. silversmith (n)
birtu -ac.,. strong (adj) (Ill.:#" was strong (vi))
194
birtukon -ac-~stn orange (fruit) (n)
biskilet -11/lhf\.+ bicycle (n)
bizot -fllf:'J- amount (n)
bizu 6,. many, much
bole PI\. Bole (Airport, Addis Ababa)
boto P;I- place (n)
bmma IK" coffee (n)
bmmo bet n-~ a+ bar, coffee bar (n) (lt~ coffee (n))
195
d~btar ,_-a+c notebook (n)
dabub ,,..-a south (n)
d~go ,;J highland (n)
daggafu (B-type) P.'ld. supported (vi)
dapma P. '1111' repeated. did again (vt)
daggasa (B-type) P-1{) gave a foast (vi)
d~hino P.U'i" well, fine (adj)
d~JJ P.~ doorway, threshhold (n)
d~kk~m~ ,h,.. tired. got tired (vi)
dakkam~ (+ obj. pron) R.hoo- tired, got tired (impers. v)
dam R.,.. blood (n)
damb rule, regularity (n)
regular (R.91'-ll rule, regularity (n))
d~mmo ,_ diJ bled (vi)
d~~IQ (B-type) R.tiDl. added up (vt)
damoz ,_ q-11 salary (n)
danaffo ~t-s. boasted (oj) (vi, vt)
d~naggat'~ ~t'lm was startled I scared (vi)
d~nnaqa t.,.
P. surprised, amazed (vi)
daqiqo P.1"..:1 minute (n)
d~rg P.C"' committee, 'Derg' Ethiopian gov't. 1974-91 (n)
dar.raqa ~l..,. dried out, was dry (vi)
d~UIQSQ ~/../) arrived (vi)
daset P.tVr island (n)
d~ss ol~- (+ obj. pron) P-11 hi\- was pleasing I charming to (impers. v)
qassito ~ll~ happiness (n)
dgssitgndo R.ll+" happy(adj)
dgwwgla (B-type) ~lDI\ rang (bell), telephone (someone) (vt)
diqolo .cL:Jt"\ bastard (n)
digof ~ ;Jti: support, assistance (n)
diggis ~"'ll feast (n)
diho ~'11 poor (adj)
dihinngt ~"ft ,...,. poverty (n)
dil ~~ victory (n)
dil odgrrggg ~~ hP.l.'l defoated (vt) (~~ victory (n))
dildiy ~~~~ bridge (n)
dilot ~1\-:r luxury (n)
dimlrnl)t ~011..,. cat(n)
dingoy ~"'';J~ stone, rock (n)
dinggt P.""'''lt- surprise, unexpectedness (n) (n~"'''l:r suddenly)
dinni~ ~"'''f potato (n)
dirq ~Clp drought (n)
dist ~~~..,. plate, platter (n)
domo /(dl} hoe (n)
196
doro chicken, hen (n.j)
dulla club, stick (n)
duro past, earlier times (n)
197
get' '&."I' ornament, decoration (n)
get'aget' "&.IIJ't"l' jewelry (n)
get'~ "l.m decorated, adorned (vt)
g~bba 1'1 entered (vt)
gQb]r.)ra 1fU. paid tribute, paid tax (vt)
g.J]r.)re "lUI.. farmer(n)
gQ]r.)te m-t wooden platter (n)
gQ]r.)ya my market (n)
gQbi "Ill income (n)
g~bs 1-11/t barley (n)
g~dd~l~ .,~" killed (vi)
g~d~l 1~t\ cliff, precipice (n)
g~ll~s~ I g;)ll~t~ 1"~ I 1"m explained, revealed (vt)
~mQd 10DY: rope (n)
g.Jmm;)t~ (B-type) "loo+ estimated, guessed (vt)
gQilO 11i' yet, already
g~nbo 171 type ofpot (n)
g~n~bba 1)'1J built in stone (vt)
g~mna "IIi' Christmas holiday, Christmas hockey game (n)
g~~b nlf-n money (n)
g~rnd u. Y: servant girl (n.j)
~Zi
ggzza .,,
11 ruler (n)
bought, ruled (vt)
gize 1.11. time (n)
gibbi -.a. compound, enclosed area (n)
gibir ..,.,.c
.,.,.,.. tax, banquet, foast (n)
gibs' Egypt(n)
gidgidda .,Y:.,It wall (n)
gilg~l .,t\1t\ baby domestic animal (n)
gimgl .,oPt\ camel (n)
gimbar -.9'" 11C I "17 11C forehead, front, political front (n)
gimma! -.tiiJ7r half(n)
gin .,7 but
ginb "17-fl stone (n)
ginbot -.?P+ monthfrom May 9/10 (n)
ginbar I gimbar -.?IJC I -.9DIJC forehead, political front (n)
gind -.?Y: log, stump, tree-trunk (n)
git'o "'tn7r pasture, grazing (n)
gizot .,,.rr- domain, area (of rule) (n) (11J ruled (vt))
go]r.)ffif~ 1U"1 visited (vt)
go dona 141i' highway, wide road (n)
goddo .., ... harmed, injured (vt)
goJJo ..,~ hut (n)
gon 1') side (n)
198
gonh;,gon ')') t\1') side by side
go~~ 1l.O fed a bite (vt)
goso 1~ ethnicity, ethnic group (n)
.,.,.~
go~ro granary(n}
gro(gira) .,t. left (side} (n)
gun~
.,...,...,. cheek(n)
gunfon .,..,..,..,. cold (illness) (n)
gudo
guzo
.,.,.,.cr; mouthful, tip I bribe (metaphoric) (n)
travel (n) (+Prlf traveled, journeyed (vi,))
gwodd so,~ comrade, team (n)
gwodo Pr.ll back section ofhouse, alcove (n)
gwodooildo SO.Jt 'li' friend, companion (n)
gw~bbam (B-type) 1-an was brave (vi)
199
hulatt gize lJoh+ 1.11. twice (lit. two times)
hulatte lJoh-t twice
hulatanna second
hulatanna da~Ja ~l."'f secondary (lit. second step I stage)
hullu all
hwala back, area behind (n)
200
insisa animal (n)
inna we
iqa IJ:I" item, article (n)
irot ht'.-'r evening meal (n)
irrniiiia hl.~ shepherd (n)
irsas hC'lil pencil (n)
ida hC)f field, farm (n) (1\l.n plowed (vt))
isa.t lVl'r fire (n)
isat adaga t'abiya hll:r hJl.;J lflllJ' fire station (n)
isb hllh until (J.hh )'f until tomorrow)
iska ... dirns hllh ... ~l.il until, up to, as far as (a time or place)
isso<!~aw I irso~~:.lw hllT'DJo I hCil=t=DJo he I she pol.
issu I irsu ha- I hea- he
isswa I irswa h'), I hC'), she
isswo I irswo hllfP I hChfP you (Sg. pol)
i~~i hit Okay (opposite of h,-tt No, I refuse.)
issi al:.l Jilt ~I\ agreed (vi) (lit said 'issi')
it'if h'r~ doubling, fold (n) (hm4. folded (vt))
iwn:.lt l.DJo ,.,. truth (n)
iyyandandu l.J''l.IJ')JI. each one(~,.~ one)
iyy:.l- l.r- each, every (f'lf1"'l every day)
izzih hrlU here
izziya Ml..f' there
.....,.,
kawiyya I')m-.f' iron (for clothing) (n)
kenya Kenya (n)
k:.l- (prep) h- from (hlf.U from here)
b-... oofit ll - ... 1'14-'r before .. .
k:.l-... bahwala h- ... 1'1'>.'\ after .. .
ka-... b:.llay h- ... ""~ above I over ...
201
k~- ... ooto<!c h- ... ll:l"':fbelow I under ...
k~h .. gar h- ... .?C with ... (h). ;JC with me)
k~- ... gon h - ... 11' at the side of...
k~- ... J~rbo h- ... :trcq at the back ofI behind ...
k~bb~d~ hll~ grew heavy, got heavy (vi)
k~boorn hll~ was honored I respected, was rich (vi)
kgbt h.,.,..,. domestic animals, farm animals (n)
bdd~n~ h~)' closed with lid, roofed (house) (vt)
k~ffolg h~ ht\ was high (vi)
kgffal~ h&/\ paid, divided (vt)
k~ff~b h&+ opened (vt)
k~ffi.ta h~:J height (n)
k~l~kk~l~ h/\h/\ forbade (vt)
k~n~dda h)'lf measured by forearm (vt)
kgt~mo h+OIJ town, city (n)
kgtt~b h++ stored grain, pocketed (vt)
kgzziyo oohwalo hllJ' n->.'\ after that, then
kibd~t hn~:r weight (n) (hfl~ was heavy (vi))
kibir ti.,.,C honor, respect (n) (hll~ was honored (vi))
kidon hll1' roof, lid (n)
kifil h~A room (n)
kiflg ho~r h'i:/\ 'I'IC province (n) (lit. section of country)
kifl~ z~m~n h~t\ . tfOD') century (n)
kift h~i::,O open (adj) (h&+ opened (vt))
kilinik ht\th clinic (n)
kind h1'~ forearm (n)
kinf h1''i! wing (n)
koleJ flt\.~ college (n)
korW~o ttc;.: saddle (n)
kubboyo 11-'IJ' mug, big cup (n)
kuraz 11-l-11 small kerosene lamp (n)
kwos '>all ball (n)
202
l~kko (B-type) {\II measured (vt)
l~m~ll~m~ {\OP{\OD was fortile (land) (vi)
l~.ml~m 1\tJDI\9" fertile (adj)
l~mmann lt417'1 beggar (n)
la~da 1\0DII. got used to, was acc:ustomed to (vt)
lammaoo (B-type) 1\0D)- begged (vt)
l~qqQIDQ 1\"I"OD collected, picked (vt)
laww.)t'Q (B-type) 1\mm changed, exchanged (vt)
layyQ (B-type) separated, differentiated (vt)
listro
libb
"'
1\h"rC'
A-ll
shoeshine boy (n)
heart (n)
libb WQ(~d A-ll aJ/'11!: fiction (n)
libs A-trh clothing (n)
ltj l\Y: boy, child (n)
likk An right, correct (n)
limad A"''I!: custom, habit (n) (1\oo~ got used to (vt))
li:yyu A f.. different (adj) (t\f separated, differentiated (vt))
liyyu liyyu Af.. Af. various (t\f separated, differentiated (vt))
lomi t\-011. lemon, lime (n)
ma~'id "''..iu-1!: scythe, sickle (n) (0'"~ cut grass I hay (vt))
mahibm "''U.,.,.. seal (n)
maksal'hlo "''hilV' Tuesday (n)
mal~da "7 1'111 daybreak, early morning (n)
mallQd~ "'11\11. was early, was daybreak (vi)
mann/rna Oll'l I "7 who?
mannimm Oll'l,.. nobody (with neg. verb)
monkiya Oll'lh.J' spoon (n)
maqomiya diJ+"''.J' parking place, parking lot (n) (h-r-OD stopped (vt))
mar ""'C honey(n)
mom~a 0111.."/f p~ow (n) (hl.ll plowed (vt))
maiNb 011 1.. h captured (vt)
maSSQn~ "''ll t weakened, was weak (vi)
mcita "7 :1- late afternoon, evening (n)
mat'oriyo diJ"'~J' filter (h"'t. filtered (vt))
mawi!'a ODaJodlil. exit (n) (m,. exited, went out (vi))
ma.mgaJJo bet 01111;~)1' n.:r city hall, municipality buiiding (n)
meda ,.,_,~~ field, meadow, plain (n)
100brat oo-at.+ light (nt. was lighted (vi))
moce/mac tJP=E I OD:If' when?
mai:!c'aw.;,ca boto ODIIAilaJ!F fi:Jo playground, children's playground (n)
mabbbtr 01111..-IIC stall, selling booth in market (n)
m~df OD!!:~ cannon, artillery (n)
madhonit IJO!!:"! )-~+ medicine (n)
203
m~dow oop."f'i hammer (n)
m~goz oo:nl saw (n)
m~ggobit oo;JfL:r month from March 10111 (n)
m~gl~~o OO"l 1\Q;J. explanation, revelation (n) ( 1 t\m explained (vt))
m~hol I m~hokk~l ooY t\ I ooYhA center, middle (n)
m~k~ro ooht. trouble (n)
m~kino auns car, automobile (n)
m~kk~rn oohl. advised (vt)
m~kwonint OO\Ja")'")'T nobility, officials (n)
m~l~kkiyo oot\n.r measuring instrument (n) (t\tl measured (vt))
m~lk ooAh appearance (n)
m~ll~s~ (B-type) oot\ll answered (vt)
m~ng~d 00")'11: way, road (n)
m~ng~d~ndo 00")"11..~ traveler (n)
m~ngist OO")'"'JP+ government, kingdom (n)
m~nJo f~qod oo")')f 4..:1-1: driver's license (n) ()'.tf drove; ~.,. 1.. permUted)
m~noriyo bet aoq>(,J' n.+ residence (n) (Cfl. lived (vi))
m~nto oo")';l- twins (n)
m~niiito oo"1:1 sleep, sleeping (n)
m~qob;;,r oo:J-.ac tomb, grave (n) (.,.nt. buried (vt))
in;;,q;;,nn3t oo.,. ):r belt for women (n)
m3q~s ou.,.la scissors (n)
m;;,ret oo~+ land, field (n)
m;;,rk3b ouch-a ship, large boat (n)
m~rFclq~ (B-type) oot..,. blessed, gave benediction (vt)
m~rmt'~ ool.m chose (vt)
ffi;;)fmZQ oot.ll poisoned (vt)
m~rz ODC1f poison (n) (OOl.fl poisoned (vt))
m~s;;,kk~m oollhl. testified (vt)
m;;,~lol ooll"\A ladder (n)
me&>r~t oowt.+ foundation (n) (oowt.+ established (vt))
m3s~rmt~ Ollwl.+ founded, established (vt)
m~sfin ooJPt;.""/ prince (n) (ooUft;:"):;- princes (PI))
m~sk~ram ooiahl.9" month/rom September 11112 (n)
m~skot ootall:r- window (n)
m~sno oohll' irrigation (n)
m~sob ODf\11 table-like basket (n)
m~sq~l oolt1'A cross (n)
m~s&;;)l~ oollt\ resembled, seemed, appeared (vt)
m~s'ihof ODR'tht;: book (n) (oo~iht;:+ books (PI))
m~~~~ oo7f was evening (vi)
m~to oo.Y. hundred
m~tto oo;l- hit (vt)
m~t'~t oom"l' drink (n) (m~ drank (vt))
204
mat'fo 0111'1:: bad (adj)
mat'rnbiya 011~/..R..f ax, adze (n) (mt..n carved (wood) (vlj)
mat'rngiya OII'TI..'l.Y broom (n) (ml."l swept (vt))
matt' a 011111 came (vi) (lmper. Sg.m I Sg.fI PI 'i" I )' ~ I )'-)
mawc'a OlllD-.&~. exit (n) (lD111 exited, went out (vt))
mayaza I mayazya oPY'lf I oP.ffr .f handle, holder (Yif held, took (vt))
mazaggaba oPH10 registered, listed (vt)
mazgiya oo'll'l.1 door (n) (II.? closed (vt))
mazzana OIIH )' weighed (vt)
midaqqo IJ'f..t~+ type ofsmall antelope (n)
mizan Dfl.lfi' scales (for weighing) (n)
mist Dfl.ll+ wife (n.j)
miyazya Dll.Y'IIY month from Apri/9110 (n)
migib bet ,._..,.,, n.+ restaurant (n)
mi?irab ,.-il&.ofl west (n)
mikir 91'hC advice (n)
milas 9"'\il tongue (n) ('\fl licked (vt))
milikkit tJDt:\h+ insignia, indication, sign (n}
min 9"'l what?
minimm 9"'")9" nothing (with neg. verb)
min min 9"'") 9"'") what sorts? what kinds?
min~' 9l'i'"V' source, spring (n)
minister '"1. tlli:C ministry (n)
ministi:r 011. )'.. h:,. c minister (n)
misa 9"'1 lunch (n)
misale 9"'11'\. example, proverb (n)
misil IJDht:\ likeness, image (n) (ooll" seemed, resembled (vi))
misroq ,..JP&.Ifo east (n)
missir 9"hC lentils (n)
missit IJD'li+ evening (n) ( oPiT was evening (vi))
mit'od 9"111~ griddle for making injera (n)
_,..
-mm also, too, topicalizing suffix(~ ~tJD me too)
mokk.ara (B-type) 1'"hl.. tried (vt)
molla 1'"'\ .filled (vt, vi)
moqa tpt.,. heated, was hot I warm (vi)
,...,.
mot
mob ,...,. death (n)
died (vi)
mulu 011-/r full (aq;} (tJ"''\ filled (vt, vij)
mulu bamulu oo-tr .noo-tr entirely, totally
muq ou-o!p hot, warm (food) (tJD.,. was hot I warm (vi))
musirro oo-'lft. bride, bridegroom (n)
muz 011-'ll banana (n)
muzeyem oo-ti.V-9" museum (n)
205
no CJ' Come! (lmper. Sg. m. vi)
na~~w 'i"=Fm- they are (P/.3 I Sg.3pol. be-verb)
naUihu CJ"'f'u- you are (Pl.2 be-verb)
naq~ CJ'1" belittled (vt)
nat CJ'i" she is (Sg.3f be-verb; also t'f)
ooboom tnt. he I it was (be-verb, past tense)
DQbir )-tiC leopard (n)
llQ~~ )"11' white (n)
DQ~~ fT she is (Sg.Jf be-verb; also"'")
ooddo )II drove (car, animals) (vt)
ooffa )of. inflated, sifted {vt)
flQ:f{Qrg )d.t. cooked, boiled (vi)
n~g~r )'IC matter, abstract thing (n)
nQgQr gin )'IC .,.,. however, but
n~~ )'I tomorrow (n)
mgga ),.? dawned, rose (sun) (vi)
ooggade ) _,,_ merchant (n)
n~gg~d~ )1~ traded, dealt (in) (vt)
nQgg~m )1t. told (vt)
nQgg~~ )?IJ.I was king (vi)
n~gg~SQ~~ )1IJ.I'f' was queen (vi)
OQb )'ll you are (Sg.2m. be-verb)
nQbase )dlfl. month from August 718 (n)
n~Ji ):a[ driver (n) () Jl drove (vt,))
nQkka )tl touched (vi)
oon
n3ru1 ,..,,..,. we are (Pl. I be-verb)
1 am (Sg.J be-verb)
n3qqo ):J- awoke, woke up (n)
oos'o )~ free, free of charge (adj) (a)'~ at no cost, free)
DQS 1 0DDQt )~):,. freedom (n)
03 ')'ll' you are (Sg.2f be-verb)
llQW
oowot ,.,,.
)aJo he I it is (Sg.3m. be-verb)
you are (Sg. 2pol be-verb, present tense)
03Y Come! (Imper. Sgj vi)
niddet .,.,.,,.
)J".
anger (n) (+CJ' ~se. wasangry {vi))
nigot '),::.t't dawn (n)
nigd .,...,Y: trade, business (n) (t11e. did business, traded (vt))
nigiggir .,...,.,c speech (n) (t1t. told (vt))
nigist .,...,JP+ queen (n.j)
nigus .,..,.JP king (n)
nigusQ n~gQSt .,..,.IJI )1JU't- king ofkings (n)
nom crt. lived, resided, was (vi)
nu ,.. Come! (lmper. Pl.2. vi)
nuro ,..C' life (n)
206
nuzoze will, last will (n)
207
qiddase 'PJIIL Mass (of Ethiopian Orthodox Church) (n)
qiddus lp.tf.l) saint (n)
qim~m lpQD,. spice (n)
qirb 'PC-IJ near (1"l.IJ approached (vt))
qirs' 'Pelt form, shape (n)
qoff~rn 1/>4-l. dug(vt)
qolla of.I\ roasted, parched (grain, coffee) (vt)
qom~ +ou stood (up), stopped (vi}
qonJo .,..,.;.t pretty (adj)
qomt'~ .,.l.ID cut (ojj) (VI)
qolaw cf.ipf dirty (adj), trash (n)
qo~!~!~
qoyy~ (B-type) .,.,
.,.1m got dirty (vi)
waited (for) (vt)
qu<!<!' al~ ~11- hi\ sat (down) (vi}
qulf "~!Ali: lock (n) ("lt-1\4. locked (vt))
qulqwal 1?-A:I:A Euphorbia cactus, candelabra tree (n)
qurs "f?.Ch brealrfast (n)
qusil ~I) A wound (n) (~tal\ was wounded (vi))
qut'ir 1!1"C number (n) (~m~ counted (vt))
qwanqwo :li"t:l: language (n)
qw~u~r~ (B-type) ~1\4. locked (vt)
qw~mt'~ ~l.ID cutoff(vt)
qw~s~l~ ~1)1\ was wounded (vi}
qw~tt'~rg ~ml. counted (vt)
208
rub quarter, fourth (n)
ruq far (vi) (t-.,. went far (vi))
209
~w t)QJ< man. person {n)
sawil:lru)t t)tiJo)'.:r body (n) (t)tiJo man, person)
~w~ t).P''f persons, men. people (n)
~wwa (B~type) UJCf sacrificed (vt)
sayt'an t)~IIJ') satan (n)
sisay fl. I) .e. good luck
sibsabo 1Hh1'1 meeting, gathering (n)
siddist h~il'r six
sifat hoJ.+ 'width, (surface) area (n)
sifet h4..+ basket, basketwork (n)
siga JP;J meat (n)
si?il JP(Jt. picture (n) ("'It drew, painted (vt,))
sikor ht"!C drunkenness (n)
sikkwor h~C sugar (n)
siJ~ (prep) hi\ because, about, concerning
silk ht.h telephone (n)
silli~oo hA"?- bag ofleather (n)
silso hAll sixty
silt'on JPA111'l power, authority (n)
sim h9" name (n)
simuni htJDct~ quarter dollar (coin) (n)
sinde h'l~ wheal (n)
sofa 1\4- sofa (n)
sost ?'h+ three
sosbdila ?'iliT.' third
sudan 1)-,11') Sudan (n)
sum.aliya 1)-tiiJ{LJ.' Somalia (n)
suq IH shop (n)
surri 1)-~ pants (n)
210
sakla sari i'fh'\ rP6 potter (n)
sallama (B-type) iTt\tJD awarded (vt)
samiz 7fdlf.11 shirt (n)
sammo 7t"7 shemma-cloth, worn as toga (n)
sammane iTD'I~ weaver (n)
sankoro 1i71ll. sugar cane (n)
sanna (B-type) iT'I' urinated (vt)
saiiiia (B-type) 'if1 escorted, saw off. accompanied (vt)
sassa i1i1 fled (vi)
sas~ga iTiT'l hid (vt)
sat' a i'fm sold (vt)
sifta 7ft;; :I" bandit (n)
siggut' 7f'1-1' pistol (n)
sint 7f7"r urine (n)
sitto ii'i- perfume (n)
sola 'l"t\ was sharp (vi)
sukko ift"t fork(n)
ta~C! :1-':f under, below (h- ... fl:l"':f under I below ... )
tohsos :J-""JUIJP monthjrom December 10111 (n)
tollaq :J-'\:P great, very big (adj)
torik :J-6h history (n)
tott'aba :Jmn washed oneself (vt)
tott'afa :JmA. was folded I turned (down) (vi)
tott'aqa :Jm.,. belted, girded, armed oneself (vt)
towwaqa ;J-QJ ... was known (vi) (haJ.,. knew (vt))
towwasa ;IQJ() was remembered (vi)
tembir 1:,.--fiC postage stamp (n)
tabula 11)1\ was called, was said (vi) (hi\ said (vt))
tabalT.}ra .,.IJl.l. fled, was chased (vi)
tabaddacc .,.IJ.ctf had sex I intercourse, C?ffemale (vt)
tab3ddarn .,.a,_t. borrowed money (vt)
ta~'ona .,._,)' was loaded (vi)
tac'awwata .,. _,m+ played (vi)
tadannaqa .,.,_)'.,. amazed I surprised, be ~ (vi)
tafass'ama (B-type) IA.~ao ended (vi) (A.~ao finished, achieved (vt))
tagbar .,...,,,c activity, deed (n)
taganannu .,..,r;r they met one another (vi}
tagwoza .,.Pfn journeyed (vi)
taJammarn (B-type) +~aol. began (vi) ('l:aol. began (vt, vi))
takil .,.hA plant (n) (+h t\ planted (vt))
takko (B-type) .,.,.. replaced (vt)
takkala .,.hi\ planted (vt)
talocc'a T'\QJ, shaved oneself(vi)
211
t;;~mara 1-0IJ l. learned (vt)
t;;~mari
bmari bet
bm;;~~
+llfl~
TOD':f
student (n)
TOfJt. a.,. school (n) (also ,.9"vc+
fit, suited (vt)
It,. school (n))
212
toto quickly, fast
trafik traffic (n)
turist tourist (n)
t'abiya ~qfi.J' station (n), in e.g. ht)~ h"-;J ntn.Y fire station
t'affoc' "~"-1:" sweet (thing) (n) (111Lm was sweet (vi))
t'affut'3 "ld.m was sweet (in taste) (vi)
t'ala nJI\ threw (down) (vt)
t'ariya tq(,J' roof(n)
t'at ,..,. finger, toe (n)
t'enalt'eni11D.3t m.'i" I m.'lt,. health (n)
t'enammo lt'en3nna m.'i",.., /m.t"'i' healthy (person, climate) (adv)
t'enayist'illiiid m.'i"~liTA"f Hello! Greetings! (lit. May he give healthfor me)
t'eS31 c'QSOJ m.l') I ml) smoked (vi)
t'3bbab m'I"'J narrow (adj)
t'abbQbQ maa was narrow (vi)
t'3bbQQ3 (B-type) mn1" kept, watched, waited (vt)
t'3gg3oo tn'JR was full, satiated (vi)
t'Qgur m'IC IO',.C hair (n)
t'aJJ m:P: fermented honey drink (n)
t'3lla m'\ talla beer (n)
t'alla m'\ hated (vt)
t'am3nJo moo'))f rifle (n)
t'Qmma- {+ obj. pron) mD'I- was thirsty (impers. v)
t'3oobba mt'l stank (as rotten) (vi)
t'an3kk3m mth~ was strong (vi)
t'ank.arro m'J'I'tt. strong, hard (adj)
t'3qami m:J"Dil.. usefol (adj)
t'aqqQmQ- (+ obj. pron) m"f-oo use (impers. v)
t'3rabi mt.n. carver (n)
t'ampp'ezo ml.t..lf table (n)
t'3rra mt. cleared, was clear I pure, sky cleared (vi)
t'QITQOO ml.a carved (vt)
t'aiT3g3 ml.1 swept (vi)
t'att'a (B-type) fflnJ drank (vt)
t'3YY3Q3 (B-type) mf'"f- asked (vt)
t'is I c'is I c'is m.lt I lifl'li I a;J.Ii smoke (n)
t'id 'f'~ cedar tree (n)
t'ilo T'\ shade, shadow (n)
t'im I s'im '1.9'"1 m.,., beard (n)
t'inat T'i"+ studies (n) (Vh.IJf"t." .f' "r'i"+ Ethiopian Studies)
t'imal "r'J'TA rabbit (n)
t'ind bQre 'f''J'~ nt. yoke ofoxen (n)
t'int gize ~.,.,. '1.11 ancient time(s) (n)
213
t'iqimt -r'PP+ monthfrom October 11/12 (n)
t'iqit -r't.:r few (adj)
t'iqur -r~c b/ack(n)
t'iqur !r.))edc:i -r~c M\.11 blackboard (n)
t'ire .,.~ raw (adj)
t'irr -rc month from January 9/10 (n)
t'irs -rciJ tooth (n)
t'iyyaqe '1".11: question (n) (mf1" asked (vt))
t'or tnC spear, army (n)
t' OrtllD.Qt tnC)lf- battle, war (n)
t'ut m-+ breast, teat (n)
t'wot t~J.+ morning(n)
214
warq CDCip gold (n)
W31T.}cb lDl.~ descended (vi)
warmrn lDl.l. invaded (vt,)
wasso (B-type) remembered (vt)
wassada took(vt,)
wassana (B-type) decided (vt)
wamt milk(n)
wat' wat', stew (n)
watt'a went out, exited (vt)
wattoddar soldier (n)
way Question word, at end of sentence
wayimm or
wayiss or, in alternative questions
wayzarit Miss, Ms.
wayzaro Mrs., Ms.
wi~~ CD-~ outside (n)
widd CD-J!: expensive (ad}) (m~~ loved, liked (vt))
wiha CD-'/ water (n)
wist' OJlt"l' inside (n) (lVr CD-/'t"l' in a house)
wi~at m-'lf:r lie, falsehood (n)
wi~~a (J)o'jf dog(n)
215
zof tffl! tree (n)
zore tft. today (n)
zeginDQt II. '1 )"'- nationality (n)
zeno rl.'i" news (n)
zero
mfonn ,......,
II.C zero
singer (n)
ZQfuD IlL'} song(n)
ZQff~ fld.) sang (vi)
ZQg;Jyy;J lf1f he I it was late in day (vi)
ZQggo II;J closed (vt)
ZQllon fl'\'} nomad (n)
ZQll;J};J
ZQmad """
,,..~
jumped(vi)
relative, related person (n)
mm;Jn floP'} era, time-period (n)
ZQmanowi fiDfl'i"'f! modern (adj)
ZQmm;JN Hoal. sang hymn, chanted, sang (birds) (vt)
modo
mnaggo ,,.,
lf'}JC python (n)
was forgetful (vi), forgot (vij
mnn~oo ntn rained (vi)
mr IIC seed (n)
mNggo ffl.;J stretched (vi)
mrro If&. sowed (seeds) (vt)
mrrafa Ill. d. robbed (vt)
ZQt'~no llm'i" ninety
zat'arUl llm"'f nine
mwd Ill&~ crown (n)
,~,.
myt oil (n)
zihon 11rT'l elephant (n)
zinob 1l'i"U rain (n) (lf)U rained (vlj)
zimm ala
zorn
..,,.
fll.
"" was quiet (vi)
turned (around), roamed (vQ
zuriyo ,.~,,
su"oundings (n)
216
English - Amharic
h"'' c-r:-
~..,.., t\ 11~-
217
. am, I- (Sg.l be-verb) ,.., n~-Dii
amazed, surprised (vt) hit,_)'.,. as-tbnnaqa
amazed I surprised, be - (vi) +~t.,. t~-tbnn.aq~
Amharic (language) (n) hOIJC~ amar-iiiiio
amount (n) -tJJft' bizat
ancient time(s) (n) ~"):,0 IJI. t'int gize
anger(n) 'l.P.t' niddet
angry, be(come) (vi) +'i""-"- t~-no~da
angry, be(come) (vi) .,..,11) ta-qwott'a
animal (n) ).")'{tt} insisa
animal, wild-; undomesticated .... (n) haJ-1.. awre
answer (vt) ODI\ll nr..llla~ (B-type)
antelope, type ofsmall .... (n) Dtll+ midaqqo
appear, resemble, seem (vi) Ifill ill\ m~s~la
appearance (n) oot\h m~lk
appointed, be .... (vi) +iftiD ta-~~
appointment (n) 1"mC' cpt'aro
appointment, give -; hire (vt) 1"ml. q~tt'ara
approach, served, be - (food) (vi) .,.l.a q~m~~
approximately a.,,-:,. ~-gimmit
April, approximate month of.... (n) "''.J''tl J' miyozya (from Apr. 9/10)
arable,' plowable (land) (n) :1-t.'lr tara!
are, they .... (PI.i be-verbf r.-=FaJ- n-o~aw
are, we .... (P/.1 be-verb) )'")' n~-n
218
attack (vt) hm:l" a-~qqa
attention, pay -; listen (vt) h#IDDm addammat'a
August, approximate month of- (n) )'dul. llQbase (fromAug. 7/8}
aunt (n.f) hhh.:r akist
authority, power (n) !PAaa'"l silt'an
automobile, car (n) oPh.'i" makina
award (vt) 'lf/lDD ~all~m~ (B-type)
ax, adze (n} OB6f'l.fL.f ma-t'r.lb-iya
219
below I under ... h- ... 11:1-'T k~- ... ba-ta~~
belt (for women) (n) 6111" ) ..... maq~nn~t
belt, gird loins, arm oneself (vt) :1-m.,. t-att'aqa
benediction, give -; bless (vt) 611.,. marrnqa (B-type)
beside .. . h- ... ')")' k~- ... gon
beside .. . 11- ... 11h-A ba-... bakul
bicycle (n) -fill hi\. .... bislcilet
big(adj) ..,.Alp tilliq
bird, large ~ (vulure, hawk) (n) ,.,..~
omoro
bird, small - (n) lD~ waf
birth, give - to (vt) ml\.e.'T w~ll~d-~cc (Sg.3f)
black(n) -p~t t'iqur
blackboard (n) 'P~C lli\..11 t'iqur saledo
blacksmith, metal worker (n) .,.-p:t"6\" qat'qoc'
bleed (vi) , till dammo
bless (vt) IJh borrnk~
bless, give benediction (vt)
blood (n) ,,.
OD1" m~rrnq~
d~m
(B-type)
220
breathe (vi) +td.ll b-nQffQsa
breed, raise (animals) (vt) hl.IJ 0-l'Qbba
bride, bridegroom (n) OD-"/it. musirra
bridge (n) fl:Afl:~ dildiy
bring(vt) hoPIIJ o-lllQtt'o
bring down (vt) hCDl.st o-~INdQ (aJl.st descended)
bring, serve (vt) ,...,.l.a o-cpiNbQ
broom (n) tJD'f' l.1.F mQ-t'rQg-iya (ml.1 swept (vt))
brother(n) CD")fl:9'1 WQndimm
bucket (n) IJA.fl. baldi
build in stone (vt) 1)'1 gQnQbbo
building (n) ih")t\ hins'a
building, multi-storied- (n) G:'P 11..,.. foq bet
burn (vi) +:1-mt\ tQ-qatt':;,l:;,
burn (vt) I:J>mt\ a-qott'QlQ
burst (vi) d.)Jl funQdda
business, trade (n) .,.,~
nigd
business, do -; trade, deal (vt)
but .,.,
'11'st m~gg:;,dQ (B-type)
gin
buy, rule (vt) 1'1 gQzza
221
chair (n) m?Bac w~mb:;Jr
change, exchange (vt) t\UJm ~~~t~ (B-type)
change, switch (vt) Tf q~yy~rn {B-type)
chant, sing hymn, sing (birds) (vt) Hoo z;)mm~rn
222
comrade, team (n) .,. __
P,~ gwadd
concoct, mix ingredients (vt) qamm~m~ (B-type)
continue (vt) .,.ml\ q~tt'~l~ (B-type)
cook, boil (vi)
cool, be cool (of drink) (vi) .,.,.,.,
)d.~ n~:ffilm
q~Z}QQ~Z}
,,.,,~..,.
cooperation (n) hibmt
corpse (n) ~, resa
correct, right (n) All likk
count (vt) ~m~ qw~tt~m
counting, way of- (n) hcf.111mc a-qqot'at'~r
cover (with cloth), shroud (vt) 71'4..) ~ff~n~ (8-type)
cow (n:f) 1\SJD lam
crazy (n) 'h-11~ ibd
crocodile (n) ,..,. QZZO
crop (n) Mn!\ ihil
cross (n) OD/11'A m~-.s<pl (ll.,.l\ hung (vt))
cross, cut short I across (vt) hs'l~m aqqwarmt'~
cross (road, river) (vt) .,.'it.,~
t~-~ag~m
crown (n) II CD-~ ~wd
crown prince (n) hl\;J CD~.'lf alga mra~
crown, make king (vt) ht11P a-nggg~~
223
deliver (vt) Mtl.l1 a-dorrg~
descend (vi) lDl.J?. WOIT.}dO
desert (n) lll.Y oomho
development (n) ~Jt"1"i" idgot (hJ?..1 grew (vi))
die (vi) ,...,. moto
different (adj) Af.. liyyu (flf separated{vt))
differentiate, separate (vt) t\f lo~ (B-type)
difficulty (n) 'F"'C ciggir
dig (vt) +4.l. qofforo
dinner, supper, evening meal (n) ~~,.. irot
directly (lit with directness) 111"T;I- oo-qott'ito
director, boss (n) hrffr ozzo:l (hrlfl ordered (vt))
dirt, ground, soil (n) h4.C afor
dirty (adj), trash (n) +7f'if qo~a~
dirty, be - (vi) +mr qo~~~o
dirty, make dirty (vt) h+7m a-q~~
distribute, hand out (vt) OJ?. I\ addolo (B-type)
divide, pay (vt) h4.fl koffolo
divorce, untie (vt) 4.~ fotto
do again, repeat (vt) 1!.'100 doggQmo
do, put on (belt, hat, gloves) (vt) h!!.l.1 o-dorrggo
doctor (n) thh.r hokim
dog(n) m-?F wi~~
dollar, Ethiopian -, silver (n)
domain, area (ofrule) (n) ..,,,..
IJC birr
gizat {1rf ruled (vt))
domestic animals (n) h-tl"i" kobt
.,.,.~,.
done, be -, be made (vi) tQ-sarra
donkey(n) htJJ' ahiyya
door (n) t1D1l1.1 mo-zg-iya (lf;:J closed (vt))
doorway, door (n) IIC borr
doorway, threshhold (n) J?."': doJJ
double, fold (vt) hmd. att'ofo
doubling, fold (n) ~ ....~ it'if
draw, paint (as- a picture) (vt)
dream (n)
dream (vi)
""
lltL\9"
ht\ou
solo
hilm
allomo
dress (n) 1"diJ.il cpmis
drink(n) onmT mot'ot' (mnJ drank (vt))
drink (vi) /0"1 t'3tt'a {B-type)
drip (vi) ..,.'lm'lmll ton-t'obatt'ooo
drive (animals, car) (vt) )'JI n3dda
driver (n) )')( n3Ji
driver's license (n) OD '})I' d.:J" Jt" mo-nJa foqod ()'.tl drove (vi))
224
drought (n) ~c+ di
.rq
drunk. get ~ (vi) flhl. S<lkbrn
drunk, make-; intoxicate (vt) hllhl. a-~kk~r.;,
drunkard {n) 11'1~9'" S<lkkor-am
drunkenness {n) llttc sikar
dry out, be(come) dry (vi) JU.... <brrnq~
225
Ethiopia (n) h.+r-~Y ityopp'yo
ethnicity, ethnic group (n) 1-'l goso
Eucalyptus tree (n) IJtJC tft;: bohir zof
Euphorbia cactus, candelabra tree (n) 'l!.l\*A qulqwol
Europe (n) haJcC9.! haJcC :r owropp(')o
European (n) hm-cf.re I hllJcC:;T'l! owropp(')owi
Europeans (n) haJct:'f.'f!Y")'/ hm-c: 7'f!Y")' owropp(')owiyon
evening (n) Sf07t+ mi~~tt
evening, afternoon (n) "7 ;#' mota
evening, be(come) ~ (vi) ODil' mOJ~OJ
every, in -; in each nv - b;J-yyOJ-
example, proverb (n) JIB-'ll\. misale
excessive I too much, be ~ (vi) al bOJzzo
exit (n) oumllliJil. mOJ-w~'o
exit, go out (vt) m~r~ WOJtt'o
expensive (ad}) m-~t: widd
explain, reveal (vt) 11\R 111\m gOJIIOJs'OJ I gOJllOJt!OJ
explanation (n) OD"lt\-r. mOJ-gl~~o
export(s), external trade (n) f(l)o~ .,...,,_. yOJ-wi(!(!' nigd
eye (n) 't..'1' ayn
226
feed (vt) ha'\ a-oolla
feed a bite (vi) 1l.tl gomSQ
female (n) ta.+ set (set ayat grandmother (nj)
fence (n) h"I"C at'ir
fertile (adj) fl'rfl,. ~ml~m
fertile, be ~ (land) (vi) laODfltlll J.Qm~ll~m~
festival day, holiday (n) a-tl\ I?al
few days, a few days (n) tl,....,. ~~mon
few, a-; some ,h")#l")~ and-and (lit. one-one)
few, afew (adj) "1'-P..+ t'iqit
fiction (n) l\a CDM libb \Wl~d (l\U heart (n))
field (n) DII.JI meda
field, farm (n) ~c~ ir~o (hl.tl plowed (vt))
fifty .,'rl'f hamsa
~~h~~ " ~&
filter (n) OfiiJil.Y m-att'or-iya
filter (vt) h111t. att'arra
find, get (vt) h"l"1 a-g~ntl~
finger, foe (n) 111+ t'at
finish (vt) aJ.l.tl ~~rF.ls~
finish, end (vi) hla.,. aH~q~
finish completely, complete (vt) 4.AOII f~ss'~m~
finished completely, be -(vi); end (vi) .,.d.Aoo b-f~ss'~m~
fire (n) hl'f+ isat
fire station (n) J.q,. h'-;J 111U.Y isat ad~ga t'abiya
first, as royal title .,.114117' q~d.am-awi (.,.JIOIJ preceded (vt))
.first h')'-"'-' and~Dtla (,h")~ one)
fish (n) ,.., asa
.fit, suit (vt) .,.oa:,: b-m~~~
jive hfDit'l- ammist
flee (vi) 7fif b~
flight (of airline schedule) (n) nt.t- oomro (Ul.l. flew (vi))
floor (of building) (n) r::lf- foq
fly (vi,) nt.t. bamm
fold, turn (down) (vt) hmd. att'~fa
folded I turned (down), be - (vi) :1-md. t-att'~f~
fool (n) :E-A I )(A Jil I Jil
foolish, be - (vl) :(fl I ;(.1\ j~la I jela
foot, leg (n) h"'C igir
for, to 1\- la- (flOIJC;f- for Marta)
forbid (vt) hflhla k~l~llil~
forearm (n) b')~ kind
forehead, political front (n) "'")'IC l"''r'IC ginbar I gimbar
foreign affairs (n) fCIJo"V" .,.JI,_ y~-wi~~ gudday
227
forest (n) ....... c'akka
forget (vt) i.'l mssa
forget (vt), be forgetful (vi) fi'),;J zam}ggo
fork(n) 1ft) sukko
form, shape (n) 'PCR' qirs'
forty (n) hC'I orba
found, establish (vt) oPrPl.+ m~sarmta
foundation (n) 011 pJ l.,. mgsamt
four (n) ht.i'- orot
fourth, quarter (n) ?-a rub
free, free ofcharge (a4i) )I\ oos'o (for free Uti\)
freedom (n) )1\)i'- n~s'o-nn~t
Friday (n) 'te-a orb
friend (n) P,~" gwodd~l'fna
friend (n) OJ ,II~ w~aJ
friend, companion (n) 11A1':f:t. bal-inJ~ro
frighten (vt) hlaLt. os-f~rro (Lt. was afraid (vi))
from h- k~- (hlf.tJ from here)
front, in ..... of (lit. face to face) d...,. t\d.:r fit 1~-fit (&.+ face)
front, political-; forehead (n) "',.- 11C /.,'l'lC gimbar I ginbar
fruit (n) ~~ fire
fruits & berries (n) ~t.~~ tiro fire
full (adj) oa-(to mulu
full, be -; be satiated (vi) mm t'ggggbg
full, be- (vi); fill (vt) IJD'\ mollo
fully, completely n'\ b~-mol1o
228
go out, exit (vt) CD II) ~tt'a
go. leave (vi) 'L~ heda
goat(n) ~fA fiyyal
God(n) "., rl.h-tl th. c igzi?abher
gold (n) CDC'r ~rq
229
harvest reap (vt) hODl.+ a-m~nrnt~
has, he I it- ht\lD- all~-w (hi\+ -lD-)
has, he I she (pol)-; they have h'\=Fm- all-ac~w (hi\+ -hT'CJ)o)
has, she- h'\-l- all-at (hi\+ -h+)
hat with brim (n) IJC~nJ bamet'a
hate (vt) m'\ t'~llo
have, I- ht\"1 all~-nn (hi\+ -"1)
have, he I it doesn't- ft\aJo,- y~l1~-w-im
have, I don't- f 1\"'f,. y~ll~-ftii-im
have, they- h'\=Fm- all-oc~w (ht\ + -hT'lD-)
have, we- ht\? all~n (ht\ + -))
have, you (PI) - h'\=F'rJo all-accihu (hi\+ -h'frJo)
have, you (pol)- ht\Pii al1~-wot (ht\ + _,.,.)
have, you (Sg.j)- hl\'lt all~-s (hi\+ -7f)
have, you (Sg.m)- hi\U alla-h (hi\+ -U)
he hll-1 he& issu I irsu
he I she (pol) h'l=F'm-1 hC'lT'm- issaceaw I irsoccaw
head (n) ~n ras
health (n) m.'i" I m.?)'-l- t'ena I t'en-inn~t
healthy (person, climate) (adv) m.'i"DIII m. )'~ t'ena-mma I t'en-~lbla
hear (vt) ll"7 ~mm~
heart (n) A-ll libb
heat, be(come) hot I warm (vi) ,...,. moqg
heavy, grew I got heavy (vi) ha~ kabir.ldg
height (n) ht;:;l- kQffita
hold, grab, seize (vt) .flf yaza
Hello! Greetings! ('May he give health for me~ tlt.'i"~h~IX1 t'ena-yist'-ill-iibl
help (vt) l.4 ~dda
help each other, they- (vi} +t..Jtlf. tg-mdaddu
hen, chicken (n.j) Ar: doro
here hlf.U izzih
hide (vt) 'im1 ~UQga
high, be - (vQ ht;: hi\ kgff al~
highland (n) ~;J dgga
highway, wide road (n) 111'i" godona
hire, give appointment (vt) .,.ml. qgtt'~r~
history (n) :1-t.h tarik
hit (vi) tJD;I- mgtta
hit, kick I bat a ball (vi) 1\;J l~ggo (B-type)
hockey game at Christmas-time (n) 1'i" g~nna
hoe (n) JtdiJ doma
holder, handle (n) ODJ'"tf I ooJ'1f J' m~yam I mgya:lyo
holiday, festival day (n) a,_A oo1al
honey (n) 11117 c mar
230
honey drink, formented -; mead (n) m:E- t'aJJ
honor, respect (n) h-IJC kibar
honor, respect (vt) hhfll. a-bbbQro
honored I respected, be - (vi) nnl. k.abbam
horn (n) 't"J~ qand
horse (n) Ll.h f:.1ms
horseman (n)
hot /warm, be(come)"- (vi) ,..,.
Ll.fl-r:-
_..,.
f:.lms-Qiida
moq:.1
hot, warm (offood) (adj) muq
hour, time, watch, clock (n) ll-t"r s:.1?at
house (n) n.:r bet
how? (lit. like what) J.)~,.,") in<b-min
how? h"J.r.,"r indet
however, but 'flc "'"J n:.1g:.1r gin
hundred ~~t~fo mato
hunger, famine (n) l.-'J-11 rihab
hungry, be .... (vi) &on- (+ obj. pron) raoo- (impers. v)
hunt (vt) h~) add:.loo (B-type)
hunter (n) hll"f addaDii
husband (n) Ill\ bal
hut(n) -l~ goJJo
hyena (n) ~~-~~ Jib
231
invade (vl) tDl.l. warr.,)~
January, approximate month of- (n) -rc t':i:rr (from Jan. 9110)
Jibouti, Djibouti (n) )(a-1:. Jibuti
journalist (n) ;Jlf.m"':'. gazet'~i'.bia (;Jif.nt newspaper)
journey, travel (vi) +so.ll t~-gwaza
July, approximate month of- (n) th'I"A. hamle (from July 819)
jump (vi) nflfl zall~l~
June, approximate month of- (n) ll ~ s~ne (from June 819)
just, only -a;r: hi coo
232
late, he be - in morning (vi) hl.~'- 0-ldff;;)dQ
late, it be ~ in morning{vi) l.~'- ldffad;;)
later
laugh (vt) .,.,.
tJ?r'\ b;;)-hwala (lit. at back)
saq;;)
learn (vt) 1'11111. ta-mald
leave, abandon (vt) +m taWcJ (infinitive oo+OJ)
leave, go (vi) 'L'- hed;;)
left (side) (n) "'t. giro
leg, foot (n) 'h"IC igir
legend, oral history (n) hA. :1-l.h afQ tarik (h~ mouth (n))
lemon, lime (n) fl"Oil. lomi
lend money (vt) htl'-l. a-badd;;)ld
lend something (vt) h'Ptl 0-WOS;;)
length (n) C11oo+ rizmat
lengthen, cause to be long (vt) hl.IIOO 0-ldZZQffiQ
lentils (n) fJPIIC missir
leopard (n) )'1JC nabir
letter (correspondence) (n) '-11~(1. dabdobbe
library (n) tL+ on~m~+ beta ffi;;)S'ahift
lick (vt) .1\ll losa
lid (n) h~') kidon
lie, falsehood (n) lD'lrlf Wt~Qt
lie (speakfalsely) (vi) 'Pif wo~~a
life (n) ,..c nuro
light (n) oPtJt.'r ffi;;)-brat
light (fire), turn on (light) (vt) htJt. o-barro
lighted I lit, be -; glow (vi) nt. barro
like h">'- tnda (prep) ('h?'- hll like him)
like, love (vt) CD'-'- WQddada
likeness, image (n) ?PitA mistl
likewise )'!?.tL 11'9" indihumm
lime, lemon (n) fl"Oil. lomi
lion (n) h?tJt') onbasso
listen, pay attention (vt) h~oPm addammat'a
lit I lighted, be -; glow (vi) IJt. b:nra
live, reside (vi) 'l'l. DOld
load (vt) .dill) c'ana
load, haulage (n)
loaded, be - (vi) .,._,,.
"11')+ c'inat
ta-c'ana
lock (n) ~A~ qulf
lock (vt) ~I\~ qwallafa (B-type)
log, stump, tree-trunk (n) "'")!!: gind
long I tall, be - (vi) l.lfou ldZZQIDQ
long, tall (adj) l.'l:lJP ldJjim
233
look after, keep, watch, wait (vt) mn1" t'~b~q~ (B-type)
look at (vt) .,. 011 t\ h.,. ta-m~l~llib
lookfor, seek. want (vt) d.t\1 full~~ (B-type).
loosen, be loose (vi) lDt\1" ~u~cp
lord, master (n) 1.:1" geta
lose, lack. miss (vt) hnt ott' a
love, adore (vt) hL1"l. a-f~qcpm
love, like (vt) lD~~ ~dOOda
lunch, midday meal (n) 9'"11 misa
luxury (n) R:'h-+ dilot
234
milk(n) m-t+ wabt
minister (n) fill. )"~~+c ministir
ministry (n) fill. t1~-tc minister
minute (n) ~1!:1- d~qiqa
miss, lose, lack (vt) hnJ ott' a
Miss, Ms. (J) ~If t..+ way~rit
mistreat, wrong (vt) n~f\ ooddal~ (B-type)
moan (vi) :1-fl+ q~b
modern (adj} lfOD'i""f ~m~m-awi
Monday(n) (J'qt sadilo
money (n) nn-a gallZQb
month (n) me war
monument, statue (n) thCD-At- howlt
morning (n) n;a.+ t'wat
most ofthem (n) h-RtiV>'f o-bza-nn-oc
mother (n.j) ,..,....,. innot
mountain (n) ;3&,, +&.&. goro, tarora
mountain, flat-topped- (n) h9"1J omba
mourn, grieve (vi)
... ,.,.
hilt Qzz:;)llQ
bizu
much I too much, be- (vi) nlf oozzo
mud(n) 1!':J> ~ik'o
mug, big cup (n) h-IJJ' kubbaya
mule (n) n'Pw baqlo
museum (n) tJDol1f.9D muzeyum
my.~elf &,I). rose
235
night(n) I\. I\+ lelit
nine Hm'1 ~t'aM
ninety Hm'i' ~t'ana
no!, there is not fltiJD yallam
nobility, officials (n) OD\\")'),. m_.,k"onint
nobody (with neg. verb) OIJ')IJD mann-imm
noise, disturbance, chirping (n) .-..-..:1- c'ac'ata
nomad(n) H'\'t milan
noon, midday (n) hh-1\ 1"') ikkula qan
north (n) ,f')IIIJ.") B:)men
nose (n) ht;;')-a, afinc'a
not, he I it is - (vi) "~~1\IJD aycbllam
not, there is-; no! (vi) f/\IJD yallam
notebook (n)
nothing(with neg. verb) ,....,,..
~-a.,.c dabt3r
min-irnm
November, approximate month of- (n) "''IIC hidar (from Nov. 10111)
now
nowhere (with neg. verb) ,,.,..
hiJ'") ohun
y3t-imm
number(n) ~c qut'ir
236
paint, draw (a picture) (vt) sol~
palace (n) IL+ OD"'i"'JP+ beta tnQngist
pants (n) ,.~ suni
parch (grain, coffoe) (vt) of.'\ qolla
park (car), stop (vt) hofotJD a-qom~ (ofooo stood (up) (vi))
parking place, parking lot (n) OIJ+IIII.f m-a-qom-iya
parliament (n) ;J"C'\11111 parlama
pass (vt) hft~ all~f~
pass the day (vi) tf'of\ wal~
pass the night (vi) h"-l adcbrn
past, earlier times (n) 4-C duro
pasture, grazing (n) .,tn"li git'oS
pasture, meadow (n) ,.,tnlr "'111 y~-git'o~ meda
patriot (n) hcn"'i' orbaih'ia
pay, divide (vt) h~ft k~ff~l~
pay attention, listen (vt) h'loom addamm~t~
pay tax, pay tribute (vt) mt. g~bbam
pen, animal pen (n) nl.+ b~rnt
pencil (n) J'.Cilh irsas
people (n) il,11-a hizb
people, persons, men (n) ()sP'f s~w-o~~ (tlCD- person (n))
pepper, ground hot pepper (n) neat. barbarre
perfume (n) 7r+ ~itto
permission (n) ~:J"~ f~qad
permit, allow (vt) ~ ... ,. f~qq~d~
person, important - (n) ,. ".. ()CD- ti:lltqsaw
person, man (n) am- ~w
person, nameless person (n) J't "'i"rti' inti:na
pickup (vt) 'It "tUf a-n~ssa (+ "tUf got up (vi))
pick, collect (vt) t\1"- laqqg~m
picture (n) iJA
/ 11 si ?il (Uf t\ drew, painted (vi))
pig(n) hllOIJ asama
pillow (n) IJt.h tiras
pilot, airplane pilot (n) :r~t\'r I fhtD-C'1"'\"'i "t)[ paylot
pistol (n) 'lf'M' ~iggut'
place (n) PT bota
plain, field, meadow (n) 111111 medo
plant (n) +hA bkil (+ht\ planted (vt))
plant (vt) +ht\ bful~
platter ofwood (n) ?n-1: ggbate
play (vi) +-a.CDT b-~a~t~
playground (n) OD-..lD;J= P:l- m~-~C'aw~c-a bota
please (vt) 'lti)~()T as-d~ss~t:)
237
pleasing, was- to Je.lt hfa- (+ obj. pron) d~ss al~- (impers. v)
plow (n) D'll.?f mar~sa
plow (vt) hl.l1 OIT';)S~
plowman, farmer (n) ht.-7'1" 1fll.. aras g~b~re
pocket, put in-; store grain (vt) h++ btbt~
pocket-knife (n) 111'm. ~nt'i
point qfinformation, explanation (n) OD"l/&11i5J, m~-gl~~-a (1/&m explained
(vt))
poison (n)
poison (vt) ODl.lf m~~z~
238
replace (vt) +tJ bkko (B-type)
representative (n) miLA Wc)kkil
resemble, appear, seem (vi) 011111\ ~SSQla
reside, live, be (vi) 'l'l. nora
residence (n) OD'I'&Y tL:r ma-nor-iyo bet ('l'l. lived (vi))
respect, honor (n) h-IIC kibar
respect, honor (vt) hhat. o-bbbara
respected I honored, he - (vi) hUl. kabbara
rest, land (airplane) (vi)
restaurant (n) ,....,.,
hl.4.
IL.,.
a.rra:fa
migib bet
return (something) (VI) ODI\11 mallasa (B-type)
return (vi) .,. tiiJ 1\ll ta-mallasa
reveal, explain (vt) 11\& 111\m gallas'a I gallat'a
revolution (n) h-ar-:r obiyot
rich (adj) '1-fi:I-IJD hobt-am
rich, be - (vi) nat. kabbara
rifle (n)
right (side) (n) .,..,
moo? ':if t'amanJa
qaifil:
righ~ correct (n) Ah likk
ring (bell), telephone (someone) (vt) J!.CDI\ oow~l~ (8-type)
ring (finger ring) 1"1\a:r qalabat
river (n) QJ')1f wanz
road, way (n) tiD''i'l~ mangad
roam, turn (vi) Jfl. zora
roar, shout, bark (vi) , ...1\ (!'oha
roast, parch (grain, coffee) (vt) f.'t qolla
rob (vt) 111.4. zgmfa
rock, stone (n) ~?;J~ dingay
roof (house) (vt) hJ!.) kad<bt
roof(n) III&J' t'oriyo
roof. lid (n) hll") kidan (hJ!. )' clo~ed with lid (vt))
room (n) h'i:A kifil
rope (n) 'ltJB~ gamad
rooster (n) h. CD- to P.C:: awro doro
rule, regularity (n)
rule (vt) .,,,
J!.fP-fl <bmb
gazm
ruler (n) 11C. gaZi
run (vi) r:m rot'g
240
satan (n) n.r.111.,. ~yt'on
Saturday (n) lp.tt OIL qidame
saw (n) ou ,;~" ~goz
say (vt) ht\ al~ (at& say! (Sg.m. lmper))
scales (for weighing) (n) Dll.lf") mizon ( ODII) weighed (vlj}
scared I startled, be - (vi) 11. t 1m dallQg~t'g
scatter (vi} a+) bgttm~
school (n) +"''t. n.:r tQmari bet (+"7t. student (n)}
school (n) lf-9"tJC+ II.+ timhirt bet
science (n) 'l.r.")/t sayins
scissors (n) oo.,.{) mgqgs
scythe, sickle (n) "'1-vo~ moc'id
scythe, cut grass I hay (vt) 0"""- a~~'gdg
sea (n) IJihC bahir
seal (e.g. ofwax) (n) "7tJ+9" mahitgm
search (n) t;:t\;J fill~ga (Lt\1 wanted (vt))
season (n) CDip"t wgqt
seasonal (n) tolfo;I-'C wgqt-owi
second (adj) v-t\+~ hul~t-gnna (rJ-N1 two)
second, as royal title (n) .. .,.,- dagm-awi (1!.1DD repeated (vt)}
secondary (lit. second step I stage) v-t\+"1;' !!.l.'Pr" hulgt.gnna d~~Ja
secretary, writer (n) Atf1d.. s'ghafi (~4. wrote (vt))
section (ofmarket), turn (time)(n) +t. t~ra
~~ hf ~~
see off, escort, accompany (vt) '1i'i t.nlng (B-type)
seed (n) If c mr
seed, fruit (n) 'i:t. fire
seek, want, look/or (vt) Lt\1 fgllgg~ (B-type)
seem, appear, resemble (vi) ODilt\ m~~~~
self, in reflexive pron t.h- (+poss. pron) ros- (t..IL myself)
sell (vt) 1fm ljgt'~
send (vt) '\ h lak:;;,
sentence (oflanguage) (n) 'tl.fi:+)1C arnftQ-~gar
separate, differentiate (vt) t\f l:;;,yyg (B-type}
September, approximate month of- (n) oo;')hl.9" mgskgrgm (from Sept. 11112)
servant (n) h1fhC ~br
servant girl (n.j) 1l.~ ggrnd
serve (vt) ,...,t\.11\ a-gglggggla
serve (food), bring near (vt) h.,.l.a a-qgrrnbg
set, place, put away (vt) hit1'llflm as-qgi.Tllll3t'g
seven lliJ't ggbat
s_eventy lliJ saba
sew (vt) i)-f. saffa
241
sex I intercourse, have ~; offtmale (vi) +RifT t~-IY.Jddacc
sex I intercourse, have~; ofmale (vt) Ulf b~dda
shade, shadow (n) "r'\ t'ila
sharp, be ~ (vi) it1\ ~ol~
sharpen (vt) J1 1\ sal~
shave oneself (vi) +'\Q;L t~-lacc'~
shave (another) (vt) '\Q lace'~
she t..t). I ~C.t). isswa I irswa
sheep (n) U"' IY.Jg
shemma cloth worn as toga (n) nOll ~~mma
shepherd (n) ~l."l;' ii'1.";1ih'l:a
shield (n) ;Jif ga~~a
ship, large boat (n) ouch-a m~rk~b
shirt (n) 71'"'1.11 ~~miz
shoe(s) (n) Q;J.CII/ c'amma
shoeshine boy (n) flit'lc listro
shop (n) (t-Ip suq
short (aqj) h"V'C acc'ir
short, be- (vi) hml. att'~rn
shout, bark, roar (vi) tall c'oh~
shouting, commotion, noise (n) aJ: 1\11 c'uh~t
shovel (n) h'lof. akofo
show (vt) hJ1f o-sayy~
sick, be(come) (vi) hoo011- (+ obj. pron) amm~m~- (impers. v)
sickle, sythe (n) CIII"J.l'~ mac':i:d {Oa~.~ cut grass (vt))
side (n) ')") gon
side by side 1') 1\1') gon 1~-gon
side, at the- of... , beside ... h- ... 1') k~- ... gon
sifl (grain) (n) )of. n~ffo
sign (vt) 4-l.oo f~ITQm~ (B-type)
sign, insignia (n) ,..AhT milikkit
signature (n) ~COli ftnna (A.l.oo signed (vt))
silver, Ethiopian dollar (n) ac birr
silversmith (n) UC h')'tJJ6 birr ont'ori
sing hymn, sing (birds), chant (vt) HoPl. z~mm~rn
sing (vi) HA. )' z~ff~n~
singer (n) H<f. '1 ~fm'in
sister (n.j) t.""".,. ihit
sit (down) (vi) "f!.6J.I' ht\ qucc' ol~
sit (down) (vi) +.,.oom ~-q~mrn~t~
six it~il.,. siddist
sixty ilt\J1 silsa
sky (n) nOll .e. s~may
sleep (vi) +-r:- bnno (B-type)
242
sleep (vi)
sleep, sleeping (n)
.,."
t1D"1;1-
mihla (B-type)
Jlt.)iiJlito
smoke (n) m.lt I "'-.it I "'l'lt t'is I ~'is I ~'is
smoke (cigarette) (vt) ha:Lil I hm.ll a-~ ~s:;> I a-t' es:;>
smoke (vi) "'ill I m.ll c~~ 1t'es'<}
snake (n)
snaJch (vt) .,.,
hlfa ibab
q~mma (B-type)
snow, ice, hail (n) at.~ OOr.}do (fll."- was cold (vi))
soaked I wet, be - (vi) t-tl ras~
,.~
tl,~
sumaliyo
and-and ~wocc
some, afew and-and (lit. one-one)
son, child, boy (n) A"': liJ
song(n) lid.') zafun
source, llpring (n) 9"')"11' mine'
south (n) Y..a-a d~bub
sow (seeds) (vt) 1ft. ZQrra
speak (vi) +'i"'ll. t~-nagg~r.}
243
stool, three-legged stool (n) UCaJl"'' oort!'umma
stop, stand (up) (vQ fotJD qo100
stop, stand (up) (vt) hfaOD a-qom~
244
talk, gossip (vt) hCDt. a-w~rra
245
today (n) tfl.. zare
together h-Ilt= obr-o (hftl. was together (vi))
together I united, be - (vi) hftl. oboom
tomb, grave (n) oo?..,c m~-qooor
tomo"ow(n)
too, also, Topicalizer
_,.
)"' oog~
-mm
tooth (n) "l'Cil t'irs
toothpaste (n) f"l' c il i) _.,.. y~-t'irs somuna
totally, entirely IIIJol\o ft,..h mulu~-mulu
top(n), on '\.e. lay (ml.&.lf '\.e. on a table)
touch (vi) )I') n~kko
tourguide (n) hil-1-11'1 os-gobirlrl (1ft"f visited (vt))
tourist (n) ~ t,illJ turist
towel (n) t::nr fot'o
town, city (n) h+OII k~~mo
trade, business (n)
trade, deal (in), do business (vt) .,..,,
..,..,~
nigd
n~gg~d~ (B-type)
traffic (n) .,.~d..h trofik
traffic circle, (town) square (n) h"-'IIJ.e. odd~boboy
train, railroad (n) ru,.c bobur
train station (n) 'lftC nrll.f bobur t'obiyo
trash (n), dirty (adj) ....~ qo!o~
travel (n) ..,.,. guzo
travel, journey (vi) +Prll t~-gwazg
traveler (n) (1111")1,_.~, mang~danrlo ( 1111'l'1~ road (n))
treat (vt) hh011 akk~m~
tree (n) tit;: zaf
tree-trunk, stump, log (n) .,..,.~
gind
trouble (n) t~~tht. m~karo
truth (n) haJo"lt' iwn~t
try (vi) 'l"'hl. moklmrn (B-type)"
Tuesday (n) Ollhll"qo moksaiirlo
turn (around), roam (vi) rtl. zom
turn (time), section (ofmarket) (n) +t- taro
turn on (light, appliance) (vt) hftl- o-oorro
turtle, tortoise (n) h. I\ eli
twelve
twenty ,,
't JP t,. rN\'r osro hulatt
hoyo
twins (n) tlll'l':l" manto
two "'"" hulQtt
twice v-Nr 1.11. I V'l\i: hulQtt gize I hul~tte
type, kind (n) 't.e.t+ oyoot
typical, ordinary (adj) +t. taro
246
umbrella (n) )f"'l"'P'\ I 'Jf'"'l'\''\ Jant'Ha I Z<mt'ila
uncle (n) hi'rl h.,..,. aggot I agg..~t
under I below .. . h - ... n:l"'lf k~h .. oo-ta~~
united I together, be- (vi) hat. aboorn
unity, oneness (n) h"'l~)..,. and-innat (h"'l~ one (n))
untie, divorce (vt) 4.7 futta
until (prep) J'alth isk~ (J'alth )1 until tomorrow)
until, up to... , as far as (a time or place) Mlh ... ~l.it i:ska ... dims
urinate (vi) 7tt; ~nna (B-type)
urine (n) i'l'"'l'r tint
use up (vt) 4.:( r~n~
used to, get~ (vt) 1\llfll/.. lammad~
use (vt) m~tJD- (+obj. pron) t'aqqam~- (impers. v)
useful (adj) m:J-11'1. t'aqami
247
weaken, be weak (vi,) 01J ll )' massan~
248
writing (n) R"th-'i: s'ihuf
wrong, mistreat (vt) fl"-t\ b~dd~l~ (B-type)
write (vt) ~.&. s'of~
249
Index
251
derived verbs in dictionaries, 73 having, verb of, 65-66
diale~ts, 22 Hayward, Richard & Katrina, 38
dictionary order, I 08 help to do, 72
direct object pronoun, 41 Hetzron, Robert, 27
do verb, 75 hieroglyphic writing, 89
Drewes,.A J., 92-93, 95 historically later fidel, 106
history of Amharic writing, 89
Eadie, J. I., 25 History ofthe Ethiopian People, 141
Egyptian, 19, 89 homophonous fidel, I 02
ejective (glottalized) consonant, 30 Hudson, Grover, 28, 94-95
ernphaticpronoun, 42
Encyclopaedia Aethiopica, 37 " iconic writing, 89
English-Amharic wordlist, 217 ifclause 85
epenthesis, 35 imperative, 59, 124
Eritrea, 11, 19 impersonal verb, 76, 132
Ethiopian Constitution, 23 inchoative, 55
Ethiopian Language Academy, 103 indefinite article, 43
Ethiopian languages, 11, 14-17, 20 independentpronoun,39
Ethiopian national language policy, 23 indirect object, 47
Ethiopian Semitic, 19 Indo-European, 19
Ethiopic writing, 93 infinitive, 45, 63
Ethiopic, see Ge'ez Institute of Ethiopian Studies, 37
European alphabets, 37 instrument noun, 45
exercises, introduction to, 145 intend to do, 68
Ezana, King, 93 .International Phonetic Alphabet, 37-38
international word, 170
Faber, Alice, 14, 27 interrogative pronoun, 42
family tree, Afroasiatic, 18 intransitive verb, 53, 68
family tree, Ethiopian Semitic, 20 introduction to exercises, 145
family tree, Semitic, 18 introduction to wordlists, 187
Fattovich, Rodolfo, 19, 27, 92,95 IPA, 37,38
feminine noun, 42 Iyasu, Emperor, 24
Ferguson, Charles, 25, 27
fidel, 99 jussive, 59, l 24
Ge'ez (Ethiopic), 19, 40, 43, 54, 80, 89 Kane, Thomas L., 9, 24, 25-26, 28
104-105, 141, 143
Getahun Arilare, 25 labialization, 33
Getatchew Haile, 25, 94-95 labiovelar consonant, 31, 105
glottalized ejective consonant, 30 Ladefoged, Peter 30,38
graph, 89 language map, 13
Greek, 91-94, 107 language names, 46
Gurage, 19-20,23 learning Amharic, books for 25
Gutt, Ernst-August, 27 learning Amharic writing, exercises for, 145
legless fidel, l 02
habitual past, 67 Leslau, Wolf, 9, 26, 37-38
Habte Mariam Marcos, 22, 27 lingua franca, 9
Haddis Alemayehu, 24, 138 linguistic classification of Amharic, 14
Haile Sellassie I University, 11 literature, 24
Harer, 23 Little Prince, 173
Hausa, II logographic writing, 89
252
long consonant, 32, I 07 Oromo,11
Love unto the Crypt, 13 8
Ludolf, Hiob, 9 palatalization, 32-33
passive, 70
main verb converb, 61-62 past, 55, 120
main verb nonpast, 57 past, habitual, 67
maps, 12-13 past ofverb 'be hungry', 132
Marcus, Harold, 11-12, 28 past perfect, 67
masculine noun, 42 patterns of vowel modification, 99
McCall, Daniel F., 28 people & territory, 11
Meyer, Ronny, 22-24, 28 Phoenicians, 92
minor verb converb, 60-61 phoneme, 29, 34,96
minor verb nonpast, 122 phonetic writing, 37
mnemonics for fidel, 157 phonographic writing, 89
Molvaer, Reidulf, 25, 28 place noun, 45
months of year, 114 plural suffix, 43
Mulugeta Kebede, 26 political map of Ethiopia, 12
Murphy, John D., 26 Pope, Maurice, 90, 95
Population & Housing Census Commission
names, 156 17,25,28
National Language Academy, 24 Portuguese, 24
national language policy, 23 possession ('having'), 65-66
nationality, 46 possessive of noun, 43
negative imperative, 57, 60 possessive suffix pronoun, 40
negative jussive, 57, 60, 121 postposition, 80
negative nonpast, 57-58, 121 Praetorius, Franz 24, 28
negative past, 56-57, 121 Preface, 9
negative verb of being, 64, 66, 129, 130 preposition, 46, 80
negative verb ofhaving, 65-66, 129-130 Prodigal Son, 135
negative verb of presence, 65-66, 129-130 progressive aspect, 67
nonpast, 56, 122, 123 pronoun, 39
nonpast, main-verb, 57-58, 123 pronoun, emphatic, 42
nonpast, minor-verb, 56, 58, 122 pronoun, independent, 39, 112
nonverbal language, 50 pronoun, interrogative, 42
noun,42 pronoun, noun-possessive, 4.0, 112
noun, abstract, 46 pronoun, verb-object 41, 112
noun, agent, 46
noun, definite, 43 question particle, 79
noun, masculine & feminine, 42 question word, 78
noun clause, 84
noun plural suffix, 43 reciprocal ('each other'), 71
noun derived from verb, 45 reflexive emphatic pronoun, 42
noun phrase word order, 79 reflexive verb, 70
noun-possessive suffix pronoun, 40 repetitive verb, 72
numbers, 107, 113 replacement of native language, 22
numerals, 50, 113 resumptive pronoun, 44, 77
Ricci, Lanfranco, 96
object pronoun, 41 Richter, Renate, 22-24, 28
obligation, 67 root, 51
Omotic, 19 root-and-pattern morphology, 51
one-legged fidel, I 0 I
253
Saba~Sabaen,92 verb types in the past, 120
Saint-Exupery, Antoine de, 173, 185 verb types, 52
say verb,74, 131 verb types, examples, 117
Schneider, Roger, 94, 96 verbal noun, 45
second language speakers, 21 verb-object suffix pronouf!., 41
Semitic, 14, 18 voiceless vowel, 35
Senner, Wayne, 89-90, 96 vowel, 34
sentence, 77, 88 vowel, voiceless, 35
sentences, useful, 133 ...)
vowel elision, 35
sentence word order, 77 vowel insertion, 35
Sinaitic, 91 vowel replacement, 35
sounds,29 vowel variant, 34
South Arabian, 92 vowels in Amharic writing, 96-97, 99
stative verb, 55
stem, 51 w insertion, 31
stress, 35 Walker, C. H., 27
Sumerian, 89 when clause, 85
superlative, 48 while clause, 85
symbolic writing, 89 word, 39,51
Swahili, 11 word, structure of, 36
word order, 77
Taddesse Adera, 24, 28 word order differences, 78
Takacs, Gabor, 27 word order in noun-phrase, 79
Tayye Gebre Mariam, Aleqa, 141 word order in sentence, 77
telling time, 115 wordlists, introduction to, 187
territory & people, II Wright, Stephen, 37-38
Tewodros, Emperor, 24 writing, history, 89
three-legged fidel, 101-2 writing, consonants & vowels in, 95
time, times of day, 51, 115 writing Amharic in European alphabets, 37
topic suffix, 44 writing system, structure, 99
topic of sentence, 44
Tosco,Mauro, 14,28 y .insertion, 31
transitive verb, 53,68 y replacement, 32
two-legged fidel, 100 Yishaq, Emperor, 24
verb, 51
verb, defective, 73
verb, derived, 68..
verb, twelve types, 52, 116, 117
verb conjugation, 55
verb derived from noun, 73
verb last, 77
verb ofbeing, 63, 127, 129
verb ofhaving, 128-129
verb of presence, 64, 128
verb root with initial a, 54
verb root with two consonants, 54
verb types in six forms, 116
254